SSLC History Chapter 2 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം സമത്വം സാഹോദര്യം

Students often refer to Kerala Syllabus SSLC History Notes Malayalam Medium Pdf and Class 10 History Chapter 2 Notes Question Answer Malayalam Medium സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം സമത്വം സാഹോദര്യം that include all exercises in the prescribed syllabus.

Class 10 History Chapter 2 Notes Malayalam Medium

Kerala Syllabus Class 10 Social Science History Chapter 2 Notes Question Answer Malayalam Medium

10th Class History Chapter 2 Notes Malayalam Medium

Question 1.
ഭൂപടം നിരീക്ഷിച്ച് ഫാൻസിന്റെ സ്ഥാനം കണ്ടെത്തുക. ഫാൻസിന്റെ അയൽരാജ്യങ്ങളെ കണ്ടെത്തി രേഖപ്പെടുത്തുക.
SSLC History Chapter 2 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം സമത്വം സാഹോദര്യം 1
Answer:

  • ഇറ്റലി
  • സ്പെയിൻ
  • നെതർലാൻഡ്
  • ജർമ്മനി
  • ഓസ്ട്രിയ-ഹംഗറി

Question 2.
ഫ്രാൻസിലെ ഭരണാധികാരികൾ ജനങ്ങൾക്ക് അപ്രിയരായിത്തീരുവാനുള്ള കാരണങ്ങൾ വിശകലനം ചെയ്ത് പട്ടികപ്പെടുത്തുക.
Answer:
ഫ്രാൻസിൽ നിലനിന്നിരുന്ന സ്വേച്ഛാധിപത്യ രാഷ്ട്രീയവ്യവസ്ഥയ്ക്ക് എതിരെയായിരുന്നു ജനമുന്നേറ്റം ഉയർന്നുവന്നത്. പതിറ്റാണ്ടുകളായി ഫാൻസ് ഭരിച്ചിരുന്നത് ബൂർബൺ രാജവംശമായിരുന്നു. രാജാധി കാരം ദൈവദത്തമാണ് എന്നായിരുന്നു അവർ വിശ്വസിച്ചിരുന്നത്. എസ്റ്റേറ്റ്സ്, ജനറൽ എന്ന പേരിൽ ഒരു പാർലമെന്റ് ഉണ്ടായിരുന്നുവെങ്കിലും ദീർഘകാലമായി അത് വിളിച്ച് ചേർക്കാതെയാണ് ഭരണം നടത്തിയി രുന്നത്. “ഞാനാണ് രാഷ്ട്രം’ എന്ന് പ്രഖ്യാപിച്ച് ലൂയി പതിനാലാമൻ ആയിരുന്നു പൂർബൺ രാജാക്കന്മാ രിൽ പ്രധാനി. ലൂയി പതിനഞ്ചാമന്റെ കാലത്തെ അഴിമതിയും ധൂർത്തും യുദ്ധങ്ങളും രാജ്യത്തെയും ജന ങ്ങളെയും ദുരിതത്തിലാക്കി. ലൂയി പതിനാലാമൻ ഭരണകാര്യങ്ങളിൽ മതിയായ താൽപര്യം പ്രകടിപ്പിച്ചിരു ന്നില്ല. രാജ്ഞിയായിരുന്ന മാരി അന്റോയിനറ്റിന്റെ ധാരാളിത്തവും ധൂർത്തും ജനങ്ങളിൽ അസംതൃപ്തി ഉളവാക്കി.

SSLC History Chapter 2 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം സമത്വം സാഹോദര്യം

Question 3.
പതിനെട്ടാം നൂറ്റാണ്ടിൽ ഫ്രാൻസിൽ നിലനിന്നിരുന്ന സാമൂഹിക വ്യവസ്ഥ വിശകലനം ചെയ്ത് കുറിപ്പ് തയ്യാറാക്കുക.
Answer:
പതിനെട്ടാം നൂറ്റാണ്ടിലെ ഫ്രഞ്ച് സമൂഹത്തെ മൂന്ന് തട്ടുകളായി (എസ്റ്റേറ്റുകൾ) വിഭജിച്ചിരുന്നു. പുരോഹി തർ ഒന്നാം എസ്റ്റേറ്റിലും, പ്രഭുക്കൾ രണ്ടാം എസ്റ്റേറ്റിലും, സാധാരണക്കാർ മൂന്നാം എസ്റ്റേറ്റിലുമായിരുന്നു ഉൾപ്പെട്ടിരുന്നത്. ഭൂസ്വത്തിന്റെ വലിയൊരു ഭാഗവും ഫ്രാൻസിലെ കത്തോലിക്കാ സഭയുടെ ഉടമസ്ഥതയിലാ യിരുന്നു. പുരോഹിതരെ എല്ലാത്തരം നികുതികളിൽ നിന്നും ഒഴിവാക്കിയിരുന്നു. പുരോഹിതർ കർഷക രിൽ നിന്നും വിളവിന്റെ പത്തിലൊന്ന് ടൈഥ് എന്ന നികുതിയായി പിരിച്ചിരുന്നു.

ഭരണരംഗത്തെ ഉയർന്ന സ്ഥാനങ്ങളും സൈന്യത്തിലെ ഉയർന്ന പദവികളും കൈയടക്കി വച്ചിരുന്നത് പ്രഭുക്കളായിരുന്നു. ആഢംബര ജീവിതം നയിച്ചിരുന്ന പ്രഭുക്കൾ ജനങ്ങളിൽ നിന്ന് വിവിധ നികുതികൾ പിരിച്ചിരുന്നു.

മധ്യവർഗവും തൊഴിലാളികളും കർഷകരും അടങ്ങുന്നതായിരുന്നു ഫ്രാൻസിലെ മൂന്നാമത്തെ എസ്റ്റേറ്റ്. ഇവർ കോമൺസ് (സാധാരണക്കാർ) എന്നറിയപ്പെട്ടു. മൂന്നാമത്തെ എസ്റ്റേറ്റിലെ ഭൂരിഭാഗം ജനങ്ങളും ദാരിദ്ര്യത്തിലായിരുന്നു ജീവിച്ചിരുന്നത്. ഇവർ രാജാവിനും പള്ളിക്കും പ്രഭുവിനും വ്യത്യസ്തങ്ങളായ നികുതികൾ നൽകാൻ ബാധ്യസ്ഥരായിരുന്നു. അതോടൊപ്പം പ്രതിഫലമില്ലാത്ത അനേകം നിർബന്ധിത സേവനങ്ങളും ഇവർ ചെയ്യേണ്ടിയിരുന്നു. അവയിൽ ചിലതാണ്:

  • ആവശ്യമുള്ള സന്ദർഭങ്ങളിൽ സൈനിക സേവനം നടത്തുക.
  • പൊതു നിരത്തുകൾ, ജലമാർഗ്ഗങ്ങ ങ്ങൾ, പാലങ്ങൾ തുടങ്ങിയവയുടെ മരാമത്തുപണികൾക്ക് സൗജന്യസേവനം നൽകുക.

Question 4.
മധ്യവർഗത്തിന്റെ ഉയർച്ചയും അസംതൃപ്തിയും ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവത്തെ നിർണ്ണായകമായി സ്വാധീനിച്ചു. ഈ പ്രസ്താ വന വിലയിരുത്തി കുറിപ്പ് തയ്യാറാക്കൂ.
Answer:
പതിനെട്ടാം നൂറ്റാണ്ടിൽ ഫ്രഞ്ച് സമൂഹത്തിൽ ഒരു മധ്യവർഗം ഉയർന്നവന്നു. ഫ്രാൻസിന്റെ കാർഷിക വ്യാവസായിക രംഗത്ത് ഇക്കാലത്തുണ്ടായ പുരോഗതി മധ്യവർഗത്തിന്റെ ഉദയത്തിന് കാരണമായി. കാർഷി ക-വ്യാവസായിക രംഗങ്ങളിലെ പുരോഗതിയുടെ ഫലമായി പുതിയ നഗരങ്ങൾ ഉയർന്നുവന്നു. നഗരങ്ങ ളിലെ തൊഴിൽ സാധ്യതകൾ ഉപയോഗപ്പെടുത്തിയവർ സാമ്പത്തിക പുരോഗതി കൈവരിക്കുകയും മധ്യ വർഗത്തിന്റെ ഭാഗമാവുകയും ചെയ്തു. മധ്യവർഗവും ഭരണകൂടത്തിനും പ്രഭുക്കൾക്കും നികുതി നൽക ണമായികുന്നു. വിദ്യാഭ്യാസപരമായും സാമ്പത്തികമായും മുൻപന്തിയിലെത്തിയിട്ടും ഭരണത്തിലും സൈന്യ ത്തിലും അവർക്ക് അർഹിക്കുന്ന പദവിയോ അധികാരമോ ലഭിച്ചിരുന്നില്ല. ചുരുക്കത്തിൽ കടുത്ത അസം തൃപ്തിയോടെയാണ് മധ്യവർഗം കഴിഞ്ഞിരുന്നത്.

Question 5.
പതിനെട്ടാം നൂറ്റാണ്ടിലെ ഫ്രഞ്ച് സമൂഹത്തിന്റെ സവിശേഷതകൾ കണ്ടെത്തി നൽകിയിരിക്കുന്ന ഡയഗ്രം പൂർത്തിയാക്കുക.
SSLC History Chapter 2 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം സമത്വം സാഹോദര്യം 2
Answer:
രാജാവ്

  • ദൈവദത്താവകാശം
  • സ്വേച്ഛാധിപതികൾ
  • അഴിമതി, ധൂർത്ത്, യുദ്ധങ്ങൾ
  • നികുതികൾ ചുമത്തി

പുരോഹിതർ

  • പ്രബലവും സമ്പന്നവും
  • ഭൂസ്വത്തിന്റെ ഉടമകൾ
  • നികുതികളിൽ ഒഴിവാക്കപ്പെട്ടിരുന്നു.
  • കർഷകരിൽ നിന്ന് നികുതി പിരിച്ചു.

പ്രഭുക്കൾ

  • ഭരണരംഗത്തെ ഉയർന്ന സ്ഥാനങ്ങൾ
  • സൈന്യത്തിലെ ഉയർന്ന പദവികൾ
  • ഭൂവുടമകൾ
  • ആഡംബരജീവിതം
  • ജനങ്ങളിൽ നിന്ന് നികുതി പിരിച്ചു.

മധ്യവർഗ്ഗം

  • സമ്പന്നർ
  • വിദ്യാസമ്പന്നർ
  • പദവിയോ അധികാരമോ ലഭിച്ചില്ല.
  • നികുതി നൽകണം

സാധാരണക്കാർ

  • മധ്യവർഗവും തൊഴിലാളികളും കർഷകരും
  • ദാരിദ്ര്യം
  • നിർബന്ധിത സേവനങ്ങൾ
  • നികുതി നൽകണമായിരുന്നു.

SSLC History Chapter 2 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം സമത്വം സാഹോദര്യം

Question 6.
ഫ്രഞ്ച് ചിന്തകരേയും അവരുടെ പ്രധാന ആശ യങ്ങളേയും പട്ടികപ്പെടുത്തി ഒരു സചിത്ര ചാർട്ട് തയ്യാറാക്കുക.
Answer:
SSLC History Chapter 2 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം സമത്വം സാഹോദര്യം 3
SSLC History Chapter 2 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം സമത്വം സാഹോദര്യം 4
SSLC History Chapter 2 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം സമത്വം സാഹോദര്യം 5

Question 7.
എസ്റ്റേറ്റ് ജനറൽ ഫ്രഞ്ച് സമൂഹത്തിന്റെ പരിഛേദമായിരുന്നു. സമർഥിക്കുക.
Answer:

  • ഫ്രഞ്ച് സമൂഹത്തെപ്പോലെ എസ്റ്റേറ്റ്സ് ജനറലും മൂന്നായി വിഭജിക്കപ്പെട്ടിരിക്കുന്നു.
  • മൂന്ന് എസ്റ്റേറ്റുകളും പ്രത്യേകം ഹാളുകളിലാണ് സമ്മേളിച്ചിരുന്നത്.
  • ഒന്നും രണ്ടും എസ്റ്റേറ്റുകളിലെ അംഗത്വം പരമ്പരാഗതമായിരുന്നു.
  • എന്നാൽ മൂന്നാം എസ്റ്റേറ്റിലെ അംഗങ്ങൾ തിരഞ്ഞെടുക്കപ്പെട്ടവരായിരുന്നു.
  • ഒരു സഭയ്ക്ക് ഒരു വോട്ട് എന്ന നിലവിലെ രീതിയെ ആദ്യത്തെ രണ്ട് എസ്റ്റേറ്റുകളും പിന്തുണച്ചു.
  • തങ്ങൾ പ്രതിനിധീകരിക്കുന്ന വിഭാഗങ്ങളുടെ ആവലാതികളും ആവശ്യങ്ങളുമായി എത്തിച്ചേർന്നവരാ യിരുന്നു മൂന്നാം എസ്റ്റേറ്റിലെ പ്രതിനിധികൾ

Question 8.
ടെന്നീസ്കോർട്ട് പ്രതിജ്ഞയെ ആസ്പദമാക്കി ഒരു സ്ക്രിപ്റ്റ് തയ്യാറാക്കി ക്ലാസിൽ ഒരു സ്കിറ്റ് അവത രിപ്പിക്കുക.
Answer:
മൂന്ന് എസ്റ്റേറ്റുകളും ഒരുമിച്ച് സമ്മേളിക്കണം എന്ന മൂന്നാം എസ്റ്റേറ്റിന്റെ ആവശ്യത്തെ മറ്റ് രണ്ട് എസ്റ്റേറ്റു കളും അനുകൂലിച്ചില്ല. തുടർന്ന് 1789 ജൂൺ 17-ാം തീയതി മൂന്നാം എസ്റ്റേറ്റിലെ അംഗങ്ങൾ തങ്ങളാണ് ഫ്രാൻസിന്റെ യഥാർത്ഥ ജനപ്രതിനിധികൾ എന്ന് പ്രഖ്യാപിക്കുകയും തങ്ങളുടെ സഭയെ ഫ്രഞ്ച് ദേശീയ സഭ എന്ന് വിളിക്കുകുയം ചെയ്തു. ഉപരിസഭകളുടെ പിന്തുണയോടെ ലൂയി പതിനാറാമൻ ഈ സഭ സമ്മേളിച്ചിരുന്ന ഹാൾ അടച്ചിടുകയും പട്ടാളക്കാവൽ ഏർപ്പെടുത്തുകയും ചെയ്തു. ജൂൺ 20-ന് ഴാങ്-സിൽവിയൻ ബലി, അബ്ബസീസ്, മിറാബോ തുടങ്ങിയവരുടെ നേതൃത്വത്തിൽ മൂന്നാം എസ്റ്റേ റ്റിലെ പ്രതിനിധികൾ തൊട്ടടുത്തുള്ള ടെന്നീസ് കോർട്ടിൽ സമ്മേളിച്ചു. ഒരു വ്യവസ്ഥാപിത ഭരണഘടന ഉണ്ടാകുന്നതുവരെ തങ്ങൾ പിരിഞ്ഞു പോവുകയില്ലെന്ന് അവർ പ്രഖ്യാപിച്ചു. ഇത് പിൽക്കാലത്ത് ടെന്നീസ് കോർട്ട് പ്രതിജ്ഞ’ എന്നറിയപ്പെട്ടു. ദേശീയസഭയുടെ ഈ സമ്മേളനം ടെന്നീസ് കോർട്ട് അസംബ്ലി എന്നു മറിയപ്പെട്ടു.

Question 9.
മനുഷ്യാവകാശ പ്രഖ്യാപനം ദേശീയസഭയുടെ പരിഷ്കാരങ്ങളെ സ്വാധീനിച്ചതെങ്ങനെയെന്ന് ചർച്ച ചെയ്ത് കുറിപ്പ് തയ്യാറാക്കുക.
Answer:

  • ദേശീയസഭ ഫ്രാൻസിനായി തയ്യാറാക്കിയ ഭരണഘടനയുടെ ആമുഖത്തിലാണ് ഫ്രഞ്ച് മനുഷ്യാവകാശ പ്രഖ്യാപനം നൽകിയിട്ടുള്ളത്.
  • ഫ്രഞ്ച് മനുഷ്യാവകാശ പ്രഖ്യാപനം ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവത്തിന്റെ ഒരു പ്രധാന ഫലമാണ്.
  • ഫ്രഞ്ച് ദേശീയസഭ ഫ്രാൻസിന്റെ സാമൂഹിക, രാഷ്ട്രീയ, സാമ്പത്തിക രംഗത്ത് നിരവധി പരിഷ്കാര ങ്ങൾ നടപ്പിലാക്കി.

Question 10.
ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവത്തിന്റെ അനന്തരഫലങ്ങൾ ചർച്ച ചെയ്ത് കുറിപ്പെഴുതുക.
Answer:

  • ഫ്രാൻസിലെ ഫ്യൂഡലിസത്തിന്റെ തകർച്ച
  • പഴയഭരണത്തിലെ നിയമങ്ങൾ ഇല്ലാതായി.
  • പുരോഹിതരുടേയും പ്രഭുക്കരുടേയും എല്ലാതരം ആനുകൂല്യങ്ങളും നിർത്തലാക്കി.
  • ഏകീകൃത അളവുതൂക്ക സമ്പ്രദായം
  • ആധുനിക ദേശീയത
  • ജനാധിപത്യ ഭരണക്രമം
  • ഏഷ്യയിലേയും ആഫ്രിക്കയിലേയും ദേശീയ സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യ സമരങ്ങളെ സ്വാധീനിച്ചു.

Question 11.
നെപ്പോളിയന്റെ ഭരണപരിഷ്കാരങ്ങൾ ആധുനിക ഫ്രാൻസിന്റെ രൂപികരണത്തിന് അടിത്തറപാകി. ഈ പ്രസ്താവന ചർച്ച ചെയ്ത് കുറിപ്പ് തയ്യാറാക്കുക.
Answer:

പരിഷ്കാരങ്ങൾ മാറ്റങ്ങൾ
നിയമപരിഷ്കാരങ്ങൾ നെപ്പോളിയന്റെ നിയമസംഹിത (Napoleonic Code) ഫ്യൂഡൽ അവസാനിപ്പിക്കുകയും സമത്വവും ‘മതസ്വാത നിയമങ്ങൾ ന്ത്യവും അംഗീകരിക്കുകയും ചെയ്തു.
കൺകോർഡറ്റ് (നെപ്പോളി യനും പോപ്പും തമ്മിലുണ്ടായ കരാർ) പോപ്പുമായി ഉണ്ടാക്കിയ കരാർ പ്രകാരം കത്തോലിക്കാ സഭ യുടെ പ്രവർത്തന സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം പുനഃസ്ഥാപിച്ചു. മറ്റ് മതവിഭാഗ ങ്ങളിൽപ്പെട്ടവർക്ക് പ്രവർത്തന സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം അനുവദിച്ചു.
വിദ്യാഭ്യാസ പരിഷ്കാരങ്ങൾ വിദ്യാഭ്യാസം സാർവത്രികമാക്കുന്നതിനുള്ള നടപടികൾ കൈക്കൊണ്ടു. ലിസെയ് (Lycee) എന്ന പേരിൽ സർക്കാർ നിയ ന്ത്രണത്തിലുള്ള വിദ്യാലയങ്ങൾ സ്ഥാപിച്ചു. സർക്കാർ സർവീസിലേക്കും സൈന്യത്തിലേക്കും ആവശ്യമുള്ള വിദ്യാസ മ്പന്നരെ സൃഷ്ടിക്കുകയായിരുന്നു ഇതിന്റെ ലക്ഷ്യം. യൂണിവേ ഴ്സിറ്റി ഓഫ് ഫാൻസ് എന്ന പേരിൽ ഒരു ദേശീയ സർകലാശാ ലാസമ്പ്രദായം ആരംഭിച്ചു. ഈ സംവിധാനത്തിലൂടെ രാജ്യത്തെ വിദ്യാഭ്യാസരംഗത്തെ നിയന്ത്രിച്ചു.
സാമ്പത്തികപരിഷ്കാരങ്ങൾ ബാങ്ക് ഓഫ് ഫാൻസ് സ്ഥാപിക്കുകയും ഏകീകൃത കറൻസി സംവിധാനം നടപ്പിലാക്കുകയും ചെയ്തു.
സൈനിക പരിഷ്കാരങ്ങൾ സൈന്യത്തെ പല ബറ്റാലിയനുകളാക്കി പുനഃസംഘടിപ്പിച്ചു.

Question 12.
താഴെ നൽകിയിരിക്കുന്ന ഭൂപടം നിരീക്ഷിച്ച് നെപ്പോളിയൻ ആധിപത്യം സ്ഥാപിച്ച പ്രദേശങ്ങൾ കണ്ടെത്തി
പട്ടികപ്പെടുത്തുക.
SSLC History Chapter 2 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം സമത്വം സാഹോദര്യം 6
Answer:

  • ഇറ്റലി
  • സ്പെയിൻ
  • സ്വിസ്
  • ഗ്രാൻഡ് ഡച്ച് വാർസോ
  • കോൺഫെഡറേഷൻ ഓഫ് ദ റൈൻ

SSLC History Chapter 2 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം സമത്വം സാഹോദര്യം

Std 10 History Chapter 2 Notes Malayalam Medium – Extended Activities

Question 1.
ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവത്തിലെ പ്രധാന സംഭവങ്ങൾ വിവരണസഹിതം ഉൾപ്പെടുത്തി ഒരു ഡിജിറ്റൽ പ്രസന്റേഷൻ തയ്യാറാക്കുക.
Answer:
(സൂചനകൾ)
Slide 1: ശീർഷകം : “ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവം പ്രധാന സംഭവങ്ങളും പ്രസക്തിയും”
Slide 2: ആമുഖം

  • ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവം ആരംഭം: 1789
  • പ്രധാന മുദ്രാവാക്യം: സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം, സമത്വം, സാഹോദര്യം
  • രാജാവ്: ലൂയി പതിനാറാമൻ
  • കാരണം:
    • ദാരിദ്രവും പട്ടിണിയും
    • വലിയ നികുതി സാധാരണ ജനങ്ങൾക്ക് മാത്രം
    • അതിക്രമം, അസമത്വം

Slide 3: പ്രധാന സംഭവങ്ങൾ

  • 1789 ജൂലൈ 14 – ബാസ്റ്റിലിന്റെ പതനം
  • 1789 – മാനവാവകാശ പ്രഖ്യാപനം
  • 1791 – പുതിയ ഭരണഘടന
  • 1793 – രാജാവിന്റെ ശിക്ഷ
  • 1793 – 1794 – ഭീകരഭരണം
  • 1799 – നെപ്പോളിയന്റെ വരവ്

Slide 4: ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവത്തിന്റെ അനന്തര ഫലങ്ങൾ
Slide 5: ഉപസംഹാരം
ചിത്രങ്ങൾ, ടൈംലൈൻ, അതാത് സംഭവങ്ങളുടെ പോസ്റ്ററുകൾ എന്നിവയും ഈ സ്ലൈഡുകളിൽ ചേർക്കാം.

Question 2.
ഫാൻസിലെ മനുഷ്യാവകാശ പ്രഖ്യാപനം പിൽക്കാല സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യസമരങ്ങളെ സ്വാധീനിച്ച തെങ്ങനെയെന്ന് വിലയിരുത്തുക.
Answer:
മനുഷ്യന്റെയും പൗരന്റെയും അവകാശങ്ങളെ ക്കുറിച്ചുള്ള ഫ്രഞ്ച് പ്രഖ്യാപനം (1789) സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം, സമത്വം, സാഹോദര്യം എന്നിവയുടെ ആദർശ ങ്ങൾ പ്രോത്സാഹിപ്പിച്ചുകൊണ്ട് പിൽക്കാല സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യ സമരങ്ങളിൽ ശാശ്വതമായ സ്വാധീനം ചെലുത്തി. ലോകമെമ്പാടുമുള്ള ജനാധിപത്യ പ്രസ്ഥാനങ്ങൾക്ക് പ്രചോദനമായ സംസാര സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം, നിയമപരമായ സമത്വം, അടിച്ചമർത്ത ലിനെതിരായ സംരക്ഷണം തുടങ്ങിയ മൗലികാവ കാശങ്ങൾക്ക് അത് ഊന്നൽ നൽകി. അമേരിക്കൻ അവകാശ ബില്ലിനെ ഈ പ്രഖ്യാപനം സ്വാധീനിക്കു കയും 19-00 നൂറ്റാണ്ടിലെ യൂറോപ്യൻ വിപ്ലവങ്ങളെ രൂപപ്പെടുത്തുന്നതിൽ പ്രധാന പങ്ക് വഹിക്കുകയും ചെയ്തു. സ്വയംഭരണത്തിനും നീതിക്കും വേണ്ടി ആളുകൾ പോരാടിയ ലാറ്റിൻ അമേരിക്ക, ആഫ്രിക്ക, ഏഷ്യ എന്നിവിടങ്ങളിലെ കൊളോണിയൽ വിരുദ്ധ പോരാട്ടങ്ങളെയും അതിന്റെ തത്വങ്ങൾ പ്രോത്സാഹിപ്പിച്ചു. കൂടാതെ, അത് ആധുനിക മനുഷ്യാവകാശങ്ങൾക്ക് അടിത്തറയിട്ടു, സാർവത്രിക മനുഷ്യാവകാശ പ്രഖ്യാപനം (1948) പോലുള്ള രേഖകളെ സ്വാധീ നിച്ചു. എല്ലാ വ്യക്തികൾക്കും അന്തർലീനമായ അവകാശങ്ങളുണ്ടെന്ന ആശയം സ്ഥാപിച്ചു കൊണ്ട്, ഫ്രഞ്ച് പ്രഖ്യാപനം ലോകമെമ്പാടുമുള്ള നീതി, ജനാധിപത്യം, സമത്വം എന്നിവ തേടുന്ന പ്രസ്ഥാനങ്ങൾക്ക് ഒരു വഴികാട്ടിയായി മാറി.

Question 3.
ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവത്തിന്റെ ടൈം ലൈൻ, വിപ്ലവ ത്തിന്റെ ഓരോഘട്ടത്തിലെയും നേതാക്കൾ, അവരുടെ ആശയങ്ങൾ എന്നിവ ഉൾപ്പെടുത്തി ഒരു ഡിജിറ്റൽ പ്രസന്റേഷൻ തയ്യാറാക്കി ക്ലാസിൽ അവതരിപ്പിക്കുക.
Answer:
(സൂചനകൾ)
Step 1: ശീർഷകം: ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവം – ടൈംലൈൻ, നേതാക്കൾ, ആശയങ്ങൾ
Step 2: ആമുഖം
Step 3: ടൈംലൈൻ സ്ലൈഡ്

  • 1789 ബാസ്റ്റിൽ ആക്രമണം
  • 1791 പുതിയ ഭരണഘടന
  • 1793 രാജാവ് ലൂയി XVIന് ശിക്ഷ
  • 1793-94 ഭീകരഭരണം
  • 1799 നെപ്പോളിയന്റെ അധികാരഗ്രഹണം

Step 4: വിപ്ലവത്തിന്റെ ഓരോ ഘട്ടത്തിലെയും നേതാക്കൾ, അവരുടെ ആശയങ്ങൾ എന്നിവ ഉൾപ്പെടുത്തുക.
Step 5: ഉപസംഹാരം

SSLC History Chapter 2 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium

  • 1789-ലാണ് ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവം നടന്നത്.
  • സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം, സമത്വം, സാഹോദര്യം എന്നിവയായിരുന്നു ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവത്തിന്റെ പ്രധാന മുദ്രാവാക്യങ്ങൾ.
  • പതിനെട്ടാം നൂറ്റാണ്ടിൽ ഫ്രഞ്ച് സമൂഹത്തെ മൂന്ന് തട്ടുകളായി (എസ്റ്റേറ്റുകൾ) വിഭജിച്ചിരുന്നു.
  • പുരോഹിതർ ഒന്നാം എസ്റ്റേറ്റിലും പ്രഭുക്കൾ രണ്ടാം എസ്റ്റേറ്റിലും, സാധാരണക്കാർ മൂന്നാം എസ്റ്റേറ്റിലു മാണ് ഉൾപ്പെട്ടിരുന്നത്.
  • 1770-കളിൽ ഫ്രാൻസിലെ കാർഷികരംഗം കടുത്ത പ്രതിസന്ധി നേരിട്ടു.
  • തത്വചിന്തകരും അവരുടെ ആശയങ്ങളും ഫ്രഞ്ച് ജനതയെ അവർ നേരിട്ട് കൊണ്ടിരിക്കുന്ന അവസ്ഥ ബോധ്യപ്പെടുത്തുകയും അനീതിക്കെതിരെ പ്രതികരിക്കാൻ പ്രേരിപ്പിക്കുകയും ചെയ്തു.
  • ‘ഫിസിയോക്രാറ്റുകൾ’ എന്നറിയപ്പെട്ടിരുന്ന സാമ്പത്തിക വിദഗ്ധരും ഫ്രഞ്ച് ജനതയെ സ്വാധീനിച്ചിരുന്നു.
  • ഫ്രഞ്ച് സമൂഹത്തെപ്പോലെ എസ്റ്റേറ്റ്സ് ജനറലും മൂന്നായി വിഭജിക്കപ്പെട്ടിരിക്കുന്നു.
  • 1789 ജൂൺ 17-ാം തീയതി മൂന്നാം എസ്റ്റേറ്റിലെ അംഗങ്ങൾ തങ്ങളാണ് ഫ്രാൻസിന്റെ യഥാർത്ഥ ജനപ്രതി നിധികൾ എന്ന് പ്രഖ്യാപിക്കുകയും തങ്ങളുടെ സഭയെ ഫ്രഞ്ച് ദേശീയസഭ എന്ന് വിളിക്കുകയും ചെയ്തു.
  • 1792-ൽ ദേശീയ സഭയുടെ സ്ഥാനത്ത് നാഷണൽ കൺവെൻഷൻ എന്ന പുതിയ ഭരണസമിതി നിലവിൽ വന്നു.
  • ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവത്തിന്റെ ഏറ്റവും പ്രകടമായ ഫലം ഫ്യൂഡലിസത്തിന്റെ തകർച്ചയാണ്.
  • ഫ്രാൻസിൽ നിലവിലിരുന്ന ഡയറക്ടറിയെ പുറത്താക്കി നെപ്പോളിയൻ ബോണപ്പാർട്ട് അധികാരം പിടിച്ചെ ടുത്തു.
  • നെപ്പോളിയന്റെ പതനത്തിനു ശേഷം യൂറോപ്പിലെ രാജ്യങ്ങൾ 1815-ൽ ഓസ്ട്രിയയിലെ വിയന്നയിൽ യോഗം ചേർന്ന് ചില സുപ്രധാന തീരുമാനങ്ങൾ കൈക്കൊണ്ടു.

ആമുഖം
SSLC History Chapter 2 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം സമത്വം സാഹോദര്യം 7
ഫ്രാൻസിൽ നിലനിന്ന പൂർബൺ ഏകാധിപത്യത്തിനെ തിരായ ഫ്രഞ്ച് ജനതയുടെ പ്രക്ഷോഭമായിരുന്നു 1789-ലെ ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവം. ബർബൺ ഏകാധിപത്യ ത്തോടൊപ്പം ഫ്രാൻസിൽ നിലനിന്ന സാമൂഹ്യക്രമം, സാമ്പത്തിക പ്രതിസന്ധി, ചിന്തകരുടെ സ്വാധീനം എന്നി വയും ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവത്തിന് വഴിയൊരുക്കി. സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം, സമത്വം, സാഹോദര്യം എന്നീ മുദ്രാവാക്യങ്ങളിലൂന്നി യാണ് ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവം നടന്നത്. പിൽക്കാല ലോകചരി തത്തെ ശക്തമായി സ്വാധീനിക്കാൻ ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവത്തിന് കഴിഞ്ഞു. ഇതോടെ ഫ്യൂഡൽ വ്യവസ്ഥ പൂർണ്ണമായും
അവസാനിച്ചു. ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലത്തെ തുടർന്ന് ഫ്രാൻസിൽ അധികാരത്തിൽ വന്ന നെപ്പോളിയന്റെ ഭരണപരിഷ്കാര ങ്ങളും നെപ്പോളിയന്റെ പതനത്തെത്തുടർന്ന് നടന്ന വിയന്ന സമ്മേളനത്തിന്റെ തീരുമാനങ്ങളും ഈ പാഠഭാ ഗത്ത് ചർച്ച ചെയ്യുന്നുണ്ട്.

ഫ്രാൻസിലെ സ്വേച്ഛാധിപത്യ ഭരണക്രമം

  • 1789-ലാണ് ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവം നടന്നത്.
  • സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം, സമത്വം, സാഹോദര്യം എന്നിവയായിരുന്നു ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവത്തിന്റെ പ്രധാന മുദ്രാവാക്യങ്ങൾ.
  • ഫ്രാൻസിൽ നിലനിന്നിരുന്ന സ്വേച്ഛാധിപത്യ രാഷ്ട്രീയ വ്യവസ്ഥയ്ക്ക് എതിരെയായിരുന്നു ജനമുന്നേറ്റം ഉയർന്നു വന്നത്.
  • ഫ്രാൻസ് ഭരിച്ച പൂർബൺ രാജവംശത്തിലെ ഭരണാധികാരികൾ പൊതുവെ സ്വേച്ഛാധിപതികളായിരുന്നു.
  • രാജാധികാരം ദൈവദത്തമാണ് എന്നായിരുന്നു അവർ വിശ്വസിച്ചിരുന്നത്.

ഫ്രഞ്ച് സാമൂഹികവ്യവസ്ഥിതി

  • പതിനെട്ടാം നൂറ്റാണ്ടിൽ ഫ്രഞ്ച് സമൂഹത്തെ മൂന്ന് തട്ടുകളായി (എസ്റ്റേറ്റുകൾ) വിഭജിച്ചിരുന്നു.
  • പുരോഹിതർ ഒന്നാം എസ്റ്റേറ്റിലും പ്രഭുക്കൾ രണ്ടാം എസ്റ്റേറ്റിലും, സാധാരണക്കാർ മൂന്നാം എസ്റ്റേറ്റിലു മാണ് ഉൾപ്പെട്ടിരുന്നത്.
  • ഫ്രാൻസിലെ കാർഷിക-വ്യാവസായിക രംഗത്ത് പതിനെട്ടാം നൂറ്റാണ്ടിൽ ഉണ്ടായ പുരോഗതി ഒരു മധ്യ വർഗത്തിന്റെ ഉദയത്തിന് കാരണമായി.

സാമ്പത്തിക പ്രതിസന്ധി

  • 1770-കളിൽ ഫ്രാൻസിലെ കാർഷികരംഗം കടുത്ത പ്രതിസന്ധി നേരിട്ടു.
  • ഉൽപ്പാദനത്തിലെ കുറവായിരുന്നു ഇതിന് കാരണമായത്.

ചിന്തകരുടെ സ്വാധീനം

  • തത്വചിന്തകരും അവരുടെ ആശയങ്ങളും ഫ്രഞ്ച് ജനതയെ അവർ നേരിട്ട് കൊണ്ടിരിക്കുന്ന അവസ്ഥ ബോധ്യപ്പെടുത്തുകയും അനീതിക്കെതിരെ പ്രതികരിക്കാൻ പ്രേരിപ്പിക്കുകയും ചെയ്തു.
  • ഇത്തരത്തിൽ ഫ്രഞ്ച് ജനതയെ സ്വാധീനിച്ച് ചിന്തകരായിരുന്നു വോൾട്ടയർ, റൂസ്സോ, മൊണ്ട്, ജോൺ ലോക്ക് തുടങ്ങിയവർ.
  • ‘ഫിസിയോക്രാറ്റുകൾ’ എന്നറിയപ്പെട്ടിരുന്ന സാമ്പത്തിക വിദഗ്ധരും ഫ്രഞ്ച് ജനതയെ സ്വാധീനിച്ചിരുന്നു.

SSLC History Chapter 2 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം സമത്വം സാഹോദര്യം

എസ്റ്റേറ്റ്സ് ജനറൽ സമ്മേളനം

  • ഫ്രാൻസ് അഭിമുഖീകരിച്ച സാമ്പത്തിക പ്രതിസന്ധിയെ അതിജീവിക്കാൻ പുതിയ നികുതികൾ ചുമത്തുന്ന തിനായി 175 വർഷങ്ങൾക്ക് ശേഷം ലൂയി പതിനാറാമൻ ഫ്രഞ്ച് പാർലമെന്റായ എസ്റ്റേറ്റ്സ് ജനറൽ വിളിച്ച് ചേർത്തു.
  • ഫ്രഞ്ച് സമൂഹത്തെപ്പോലെ എസ്റ്റേറ്റ്സ് ജനറലും മൂന്നായി വിഭജിക്കപ്പെട്ടിരിക്കുന്നു.

ടെന്നീസ്കോർട്ട് പ്രതിജ്ഞ
SSLC History Chapter 2 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം സമത്വം സാഹോദര്യം 8
1789 ജൂൺ 17-ാം തീയതി മൂന്നാം എസ്റ്റേറ്റിലെ അംഗ ങ്ങൾ തങ്ങളാണ് ഫ്രാൻസിന്റെ യഥാർത്ഥ ജനപ്രതിനി ധികൾ എന്ന് പ്രഖ്യാപിക്കുകയും തങ്ങളുടെ സഭയെ ഫ്രഞ്ച് ദേശീയസഭ എന്ന് വിളിക്കുകയും ചെയ്തു. ബാസ്റ്റിലിന്റെ പതനവും വിപ്ലവത്തിന്റെ ആരംഭവും 1789 ജൂലായ് 14-ാം തീയതി പൂർബൺ സ്വേച്ഛാധിപത്യ ത്തിന്റെ പ്രതീകമായിരുന്ന പാരീസിലെ ബാസ്റ്റിൽ കോട്ട ജനങ്ങൾ തകർത്തു.

സ്ത്രീകളും ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവവും

  • ഭക്ഷ്യക്ഷാമവും ദേശീയ സഭയോട് സഹകരിക്കാത്ത ലൂയി പതിനാറാമന്റെ നയങ്ങളും സ്ത്രീകളെയും പ്രക്ഷോഭത്തിനിറങ്ങാൻ പ്രേരിപ്പിച്ചു.
  • ദേശീയസഭ ഫ്രാൻസിനായി തയ്യാറാക്കിയ ഭരണഘടനയുടെ ആമുഖത്തിൽ നൽകിയിട്ടുള്ള ഫ്രഞ്ച് മനു ഷ്യാവകാശ പ്രഖ്യാപനം ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവത്തിന്റെ പ്രധാന ഫലമാണ്.

ഭീകരവാഴ്ചയും സെപ്റ്റംബർ കൂട്ടക്കൊലയും

  • 1792-ൽ ദേശീയ സഭയുടെ സ്ഥാനത്ത് നാഷണൽ കൺവെൻഷൻ എന്ന പുതിയ ഭരണസമിതി നിലവിൽ വന്നു.
  • യൂറോപ്പിലെ പ്രബലശക്തികൾ ഫ്രാൻസിനെ ആക്രമിച്ചപ്പോൾ രൂപീകരിച്ച പൊതുരക്ഷാകമ്മിറ്റിയുടെ നേതൃ ത്വത്തിൽ അതിഭീകരമായ ഭരണമാണ് പാരീസിൽ അരങ്ങേറിയത്.

ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവത്തിന്റെ അനന്തരഫലങ്ങൾ

  • ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവത്തിന്റെ ഏറ്റവും പ്രകടമായ ഫലം ഫ്യൂഡലിസത്തിന്റെ തകർച്ചയാണ്.
  • ആധുനിക ദേശീയത എന്ന ആശയം ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവത്തിന്റെ സംഭാവനയാണ്.
  • ദേശീയതയ്ക്കൊപ്പം വളർന്ന മറ്റൊരാശയമാണ് ജനാധിപത്യ ഭരണക്രമം.

നെപ്പോളിയൻ

  • ഫ്രാൻസിൽ നിലവിലിരുന്ന ഡയറക്ടറിയെ പുറത്താക്കി നെപ്പോളിയൻ ബോണപ്പാർട്ട് അധികാരം പിടിച്ചെ ടുത്തു.
  • അദ്ദേഹം ഫ്രാൻസിൽ നിരവധി പരിഷ്കാരങ്ങൾ നടപ്പിലാക്കി.
  • 1815-ൽ നടന്ന വാട്ടർലൂ യുദ്ധത്തിൽ ബ്രിട്ടൻ നെപ്പോളിയനുമേൽ അന്തിമ വിജയം നേടി.
  • നെപ്പോളിയന്റെ പതനത്തിനു ശേഷം യൂറോപ്പിലെ രാജ്യങ്ങൾ 1815-ൽ ഓസ്ട്രിയയിലെ വിയന്നയിൽ യോഗം ചേർന്ന് ചില സുപ്രധാന തീരുമാനങ്ങൾ കൈക്കൊണ്ടു.

SSLC History Chapter 4 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സമ്പത്തും ലോകവും

Students often refer to Kerala Syllabus SSLC History Notes Malayalam Medium Pdf and Class 10 History Chapter 4 Notes Question Answer Malayalam Medium സമ്പത്തും ലോകവും that include all exercises in the prescribed syllabus.

Class 10 History Chapter 4 Notes Malayalam Medium

Kerala Syllabus Class 10 Social Science History Chapter 4 Notes Question Answer Malayalam Medium

10th Class History Chapter 4 Notes Malayalam Medium

Question 1.
നൽകിയിരിക്കുന്ന ഭൂപടം (4.1) നിരീക്ഷിക്കുക. ഭൂപടത്തിൽ രേഖപ്പെടുത്തിയിരിക്കുന്ന രാജ്യങ്ങൾ ഏതൊക്കെയാണെന്ന് കണ്ടെത്തൂ. ഈ രാജ്യങ്ങൾ സ്ഥിതി ചെയ്യുന്നത് ഏത് സമുദ്രതീരത്താണെന്ന് തിരി ച്ചറിയുക.
SSLC History Chapter 4 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സമ്പത്തും ലോകവും 1
Answer:

  • സ്പെയിൻ
  • പോർച്ചുഗൽ
  • ഇംഗ്ലണ്ട്
  • ഫാൻസ്
  • നെതർലാൻഡ്

ഈ രാജ്യങ്ങൾ അറ്റ്ലാന്റിക് സമുദ്രത്തിന്റെ തീരത്താണ് സ്ഥിതി ചെയ്യുന്നത്.

Question 2.
ഐ. സി. ടി. യുടെ സഹായത്തോടെ ഭൂമിശാസ്ത്രപര്യവേക്ഷണങ്ങളുമായി ബന്ധപ്പെട്ട പട്ടിക വിപുലപ്പെ ടുത്തുക.
Answer:

വ്യക്തികൾ പര്യവേക്ഷണങ്ങൾ
അമരിഗോ വെചി അമേരിക്ക
ജാക്വിസ് കാർട്ടിയർ ക്യാനഡ

SSLC History Chapter 4 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സമ്പത്തും ലോകവും

Question 3.
സമുദ്രയാത്രകളുടെ അനന്തരഫലങ്ങൾ, അവ വ്യാപാരാധിപത്യത്തിൽ ഉണ്ടാക്കിയ മാറ്റങ്ങൾ എന്നിവ ഉൾപ്പെടുത്തി ഭൂപടത്തിന്റെയും ചിത്രങ്ങളുടെയും സഹായത്തോടെ ഒരു ഡിജിറ്റൽ ആൽബം തയ്യാറാക്കി ക്ലാസിൽ അവതരിപ്പിക്കുക. (സൂചനകൾ. ഇതുമായി ബന്ധപ്പെട്ട ചിത്രങ്ങൾ ശേഖരിക്കുക).
Answer:

  • ഭൂമിശാസ്ത്രപര്യവേഷണങ്ങൾ സുപ്രധാനമായ നിരവധി അനന്തരഫലങ്ങൾ സൃഷ്ടിച്ചു
  • അമേരിക്ക, ആഫ്രിക്ക, ഏഷ്യ എന്നീ വൻകരകളിലേക്ക് യാത്ര ചെയ്യുന്നതിനുള്ള ഏറ്റവും പ്രധാന പാതയായി അറ്റ്ലാന്റിക് തീരം മാറി. തൽഫലമായി മെഡിറ്ററേനിയൻ വാണിജ്യം തകരുകയും അറ്റാ ലാന്റിക് തീരത്തെ വാണിജ്യം വളരുകയും ചെയ്തു.
  • അമേരിക്ക, ആഫ്രിക്ക, ഏഷ്യ എന്നീ ഭൂഖണ്ഡങ്ങളിലെ പലപ്രദേശങ്ങളും യൂറോപ്യൻ അധിനിവേശ ത്തിന്റെ കീഴിലായി.
  • ഏഷ്യയിലെ കുരുമുളക് ഉൾപ്പെടെയുള്ള സുഗന്ധവ്യഞ്ജനങ്ങളുടെ വ്യാപാരം യൂറോപ്യൻ കുത്തക യാക്കി മാറ്റാനുള്ള ശ്രമം ആരംഭിച്ചു.
  • തെക്കേ അമേരിക്കയിൽ നിന്ന് വൻതോതിൽ സ്വർണ്ണവും വെള്ളിയും യൂറോപ്പിലേക്ക് എത്തി. അവ യുടെ ഒരുഭാഗം ഇന്ത്യയിലുമെത്തി.
  • യൂറോപ്പും, ആഫ്രിക്കയും അമേരിക്കയും ഉൾപ്പെട്ട ത്രികോണവ്യാപാരത്തിന്റെ വികാസം.
  • സ്വർണ്ണം, വെള്ളി എന്നിവ വർധിച്ച അളവിൽ യൂറോപ്പിൽ എത്തിയതോടെ നാണയ ഉപയോഗത്തിന്റെ തോത് വർധിച്ചു.
  • ക്രമേണ പോർച്ചുഗൽ, സ്പെയിൻ എന്നീ രാജ്യങ്ങളുടെ വ്യാപാരാധിപത്യം തകരുകയും നെതർലൻഡ്സ്, ഇംഗ്ലണ്ട്, ഫ്രാൻസ് എന്നീ രാജ്യങ്ങൾ ആസ്ഥാനം കൈയ്യടക്കുകയും ചെയ്തു.
  • കോളനിവൽക്കരണത്തിലൂടെ സാമ്പത്തിക നേട്ടം കൊയ്യുവാനുള്ള ഇംഗ്ലണ്ട്, ഫ്രാൻസ് എന്നീ രാജ്യ ങ്ങളുടെ കിടമത്സരത്തിനാണ് പിൽക്കാല ലോകം സാക്ഷ്യം വഹിച്ചത്.

Question 4.
SSLC History Chapter 4 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സമ്പത്തും ലോകവും 2
വിവിധ ഭൂഖണ്ഡങ്ങളിൽ യൂറോപ്യൻ രാജ്യങ്ങൾ സ്ഥാപിച്ച് കോളനികൾ മുകളിൽ നൽകിയിരിക്കുന്ന ഭൂപടത്തിൽ നിന്നും കണ്ടെത്തുക, അവ തിരിച്ചറിഞ്ഞ് താഴെ നൽകിയിരിക്കുന്ന പട്ടികയിൽ രേഖപ്പെടു ത്തുകയും അറ്റ്ലസിന്റെ സഹായത്തോടെ കൂടുതൽ കോളനികൾ കണ്ടെത്തി പട്ടിക വിപുലപ്പെടുത്തു കയും ചെയ്യുക.
SSLC History Chapter 4 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സമ്പത്തും ലോകവും 3
Answer:
SSLC History Chapter 4 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സമ്പത്തും ലോകവും 4

Question 5.
മെർക്കന്റിലിസ്റ്റ് നയങ്ങളുടെ സവിശേഷതകൾ ചർച്ച ചെയ്ത് കുറിപ്പ് തയ്യാറാക്കുക.
Answer:

  • വ്യാപാരത്തിലൂടെ സ്വർണ്ണവും വെള്ളിയും നേടുക എന്നതിന് പ്രധാന്യം നൽകുന്ന സാമ്പത്തിക നയ മായിരുന്നു മെർക്കന്റലിസം.
  • ഒരു രാജ്യത്തിന്റെ കൈവശമുള്ള സ്വർണ്ണത്തിന്റെയും വെള്ളിയുടെയും ശേഖരമാണ് ആ രാജ്യത്തിന്റെ സമ്പത്തിനെ നിർണ്ണയിക്കുന്നത്.
  • തങ്ങളുടെ രാജ്യത്തേക്കുള്ള ഇറക്കുമതി കുറയ്ക്കുകയും കയറ്റുമതി വർധിപ്പിക്കുകയും ചെയ്തു കൊണ്ട് തങ്ങളുടെ കൈവശമുള്ള സമ്പത്ത് നഷ്ടപ്പെടാതെ സൂക്ഷിക്കാനും മറ്റ് രാജ്യങ്ങളിൽ നിന്ന് പരമാവധി സമ്പത്ത് ആർജിക്കാനും കഴിയുമെന്നതാണ് മെർക്കന്റലിസ്റ്റ് നയത്തിന്റെ സവിശേഷത.

Question 6.
“സമ്പത്തിന്റെ ഫലപ്രദമായ വിനിയോഗമാണ് ഇംഗ്ലണ്ടിൽ വ്യവസായവൽക്കരണത്തിന് സഹായകമാ യത്”. ചർച്ച ചെയ്ത് കുറിപ്പ് തയ്യാറാക്കുക.
Answer:
ഇംഗ്ലീഷുകാർ ജോയിന്റ് സ്റ്റോക്ക് കമ്പനികൾ വഴിയാണ് വ്യാപാരം നടത്തിയിരുന്നത്. കമ്പനികൾ ലാഭം വ്യാപാരത്തിൽ വീണ്ടും നിക്ഷേപിച്ച് കൂടുതൽ വരുമാനം നേടി. ഇത് ഇംഗ്ലണ്ടിൽ വ്യവസായങ്ങൾ ആരം ഭിക്കുന്നതിൽ പ്രധാന പങ്ക് വഹിച്ചു.

SSLC History Chapter 4 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സമ്പത്തും ലോകവും

Question 7.
വ്യാവസായിക മുതലാളിത്തം ഏത് രീതിയിലാണ് കച്ചവട മുതലാളിത്തത്തിൽ നിന്ന് വ്യത്യസ്തമാകുന്ന തെന്ന് കണ്ടെത്തി രേഖപ്പെടുത്തുക.
Answer:
കച്ചവട മുതലാളിത്തം

  • ഭൂമിശാസ്ത്രപര്യവേഷണങ്ങൾ ആഗോളവ്യാപാര രംഗത്ത് വലിയ മാറ്റങ്ങൾക്ക് വഴി തുറന്നു. വ്യാപാര രംഗത്ത് നേരത്തെ മുതൽ പ്രവർത്തിച്ചിരുന്നവർ അതോടെ അതിസമ്പന്നരായി.
  • ഇവരെ കച്ചവട മുതലാളിമാർ എന്ന് വിളിക്കുന്നു. ഈ സമ്പദ് വ്യവസ്ഥ കച്ചവട മുതലാളിത്തം എന്നറി യപ്പെട്ടു.

വ്യാവസായിക മുതലാളിത്തം

  • കോളനി വൽക്കരണത്തിലൂടെ നേടിയ സമ്പത്ത് ഉപയോഗിച്ച് ഇംഗ്ലണ്ട് വ്യവസായ ശാലകൾ ആരംഭിച്ചു.
  • ഇങ്ങനെ സമ്പത്ത് നിക്ഷേപിച്ചവർ വ്യവസായശാലകളുടെ ഉടമസ്ഥാരാവുകയും വൻതോതിൽ ലാഭം നേടുകയും ചെയ്തു.
  • ഇതോടെ കച്ചവട മുതലാളിത്തം വ്യാവസായിക മുതലാളിത്തത്തിന് വഴി തുറന്നു.

Question 8.
വ്യാവസായിക വിപ്ലവത്തിന്റെ നേട്ടങ്ങളും കോട്ടങ്ങളും എന്ന വിഷയത്തിൽ സംവാദം സംഘടിപ്പിക്കുക.
Answer:
വ്യാവസായിക വിപ്ലവം മനുഷ്യജീവിതത്തിൽ ഗുണകരവും ദോഷകരവുമായ മാറ്റങ്ങൾക്ക് വഴിയൊരുക്കി. അവ എന്തൊക്കെയെന്ന് പരിശോധിക്കാം.

നേട്ടങ്ങൾ കോട്ടങ്ങൾ
ഫാക്ടറികളുടെ ഉദയം തൊഴിലാളികളെ ചൂഷണം ചെയ്യൽ
ഉൽപാദന വർധനവ് ദാരിദ്ര്യം, പകർച്ചവ്യാധി
പുതിയ തൊഴിലവസരങ്ങൾ സ്ത്രീകൾക്കും കുട്ടികൾക്കും ദൈർഘ്യമേറിയ തൊഴിൽ സമയവും കുറഞ്ഞ വേതനവും
നഗരങ്ങളുടെ ഉദയവും വ്യാപനവും ചേരികളുടെ ഉദയം
നാഗരിക ജീവിതം തിരക്കേറിയതും ശുചിത്വമില്ലാത്തതുമായ നഗരങ്ങൾ
മെച്ചപ്പെട്ട ജീവിതസാഹചര്യങ്ങൾ നഗരങ്ങളിൽ തൊഴിലാളികൾക്ക് ദുരിതജീവിതം

Question 9.
യൂറോപൻ രാജ്യങ്ങളുടെ സാമ്പത്തിക നയങ്ങളെ സാമ്രാജ്യത്വം എങ്ങനെ മാറ്റി മറിച്ചു ചർച്ച ചെയ്യുക?
Answer:

  • ഉൽപ്പാദനം പരമാവധി വർധിപ്പിച്ചും വേതനം കുറച്ചു ലാഭം നേടിയെടുക്കാൻ യൂറോപ്യൻ രാജ്യങ്ങ ളിലെ വ്യവസായിക മുതലാളിമാർ ശ്രമിച്ചു.
  • ഉൽപ്പന്നങ്ങൾ അതത് രാജ്യങ്ങളിൽ വിറ്റഴിക്കാൻ കഴിയാതെ വന്നതോടെ വ്യാവസായിക രാഷ്ട്രങ്ങൾ വിപണികൾക്കായി അന്വേഷണം ആരംഭിച്ചു.
  • കോളനികളെ അസംസ്കൃത വസ്തുക്കൾ ശേഖരിക്കാനുള്ള ഇടവും ഉൽപ്പന്നങ്ങൾ വിറ്റഴിക്കാനുള്ള വിപണികളുമായി യൂറോപ്യർ മാറ്റി.

Question 10.
സമഗ്രാധിപത്യം പൗരസ്വാതന്ത്യത്തിനും ലോകസമാധാനത്തിനും ഭീഷണിയായിരുന്നു. ചർച്ച ചെയ്ത് കുറിപ്പ് തയ്യാറാക്കുക.
Answer:
ഒന്നാം ലോകയുദ്ധാനന്തരം സമഗ്രാധിപത്യത്തിന് ഊന്നൽ നൽകിയ പ്രസ്ഥാനങ്ങൾ ചില രാജ്യങ്ങളിൽ ഉയർന്നു വന്നു. പൗരരുടെ സ്വകാര്യതയെ മാനിക്കാതെ ഭരണകൂടത്തിന്റെ അധികാരം ജീവിതത്തിന്റെ എല്ലാ മേഖലകളിലും നിയന്ത്രണം സ്ഥാപിക്കുന്നതാണ് സമഗ്രാധിപത്യം. ഇതിന്റെ സവിശേഷതകൾ ചുവടെ നൽകുന്നു.

  • ജനാധിപത്യത്തിന്റെ നിരാസം
  • സോഷ്യലിസത്തോടുള്ള വിയോജിപ്പ്
  • സ്വേച്ഛാധിപത്യത്തെ പിന്തുണയ്ക്കൽ
  • തീവ്രദേശീയത
  • രാഷ്ട്രീയ എതിരാളികളെ ഉന്മൂലനം ചെയ്യൽ
  • യുദ്ധത്തെയും അക്രമത്തെയും മഹത്വവൽക്കരിക്കൽ

Question 11.
രണ്ട് ലോകയുദ്ധങ്ങളുടെയും കാരണങ്ങളും ഫലങ്ങളും താരതമ്യം ചെയ്ത് കുറിപ്പാക്കുക.
Answer:
SSLC History Chapter 4 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സമ്പത്തും ലോകവും 5

SSLC History Chapter 4 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സമ്പത്തും ലോകവും

Std 10 History Chapter 4 Notes Malayalam Medium – Extended Activities

Question 1.
പതിനഞ്ചാം നൂറ്റാണ്ട് മുതൽ ഇരുപതാം നൂറ്റാണ്ട് വരെ ലോകചരിത്രത്തെ സ്വാധീനിച്ച സുപ്രധാന സാമ്പത്തികനയങ്ങളെ സൂചിപ്പിക്കുന്ന ഡിജിറ്റൽ പ്രദർശനം സംഘടിപ്പിക്കുക.
Answer:
(സൂചനകൾ: താഴെ നൽകിയിരിക്കുന്നവയെ അടിസ്ഥാനമാക്കി. ക്ലാസിൽ ഒരു ഡിജിറ്റൽ പ്രസന്റേഷൻ നടത്തുക)

സമ്പദ് വ്യവസ്ഥ രൂപപ്പെടുത്തൽ: പ്രധാന സാമ്പത്തിക നയങ്ങൾ (15 – 20 നൂറ്റാണ്ട്)
പ്രധാന സാമ്പത്തിക നയങ്ങൾ ആഗോള ചരിത്രത്തെ എങ്ങനെ രൂപപ്പെടുത്തിയെന്ന് ഈ ഡിജിറ്റൽ പ്രദർശനം പര്യവേക്ഷണം ചെയ്യുന്നു. യൂറോപ്യൻ പര്യവേഷണ കാലത്തെ വ്യാപാരവാദത്തോടെയാണ് ഇത് ആരംഭിച്ചത്, അവിടെ വ്യാപാരത്തിലൂടെയും കോളനികളിലൂടെയും സമ്പത്ത് കെട്ടിപ്പടുത്തു. ഇത് തദ്ദേശീയ വിഭവങ്ങളെയും അധ്വാനത്തെയും ചൂഷണം ചെയ്ത കൊളോണിയൽ സമ്പദ് വ്യവസ്ഥകളുടെ ഉദയത്തിലേക്ക് നയിച്ചു. ലെയർ ഇക്കണോമിക്സ് പോലുള്ള മുതലാളിത്ത നയങ്ങളാൽ നയിക്കപ്പെടുന്ന വ്യാവസായിക വിപ്ലവം തുടർന്നു. 19-ാം നൂറ്റാണ്ടിൽ, ശക്തമായ രാജ്യങ്ങൾ കോളനികളുടെ മേൽ സാമ്പത്തിക നിയന്ത്രണം തേടിയതോടെ സാമ്രാജ്യത്വം വ്യാപിച്ചു. ഒന്നാം ലോകമഹായുദ്ധസമയത്ത്, യുദ്ധകാല സമ്പദ് വ്യവസ്ഥകൾ ഉയർന്നുവന്നു, വേഴ്സായി ഉടമ്പടി സാമ്പത്തിക പ്രതിസന്ധിക്ക് കാരണമായി.

യുദ്ധങ്ങൾക്കിടയിലുള്ള വർഷങ്ങളിൽ, ഏകാധിപത്യ ഭരണകൂടങ്ങൾ സമ്പദ് വ്യവസ്ഥകളെ നിയന്ത്രിക്കാൻ കേന്ദ്രീകൃത ആസൂത്രണം ഉപയോഗിച്ചു. ഒടുവിൽ, യുദ്ധാനന്തര കാലഘട്ടം മാർഷൽ പദ്ധതി, പുതിയ ആഗോള സ്ഥാപനങ്ങൾ, മിശ്ര സമ്പദ് വ്യവസ്ഥകൾ എന്നിവയിലൂടെ വീണ്ടെടുക്കൽ കൊണ്ടുവന്നു. ഈ നയങ്ങൾ ഒരുമിച്ച്, സാമ്രാജ്യങ്ങളെയും യുദ്ധങ്ങളെയും ആധുനിക രാഷ്ട്രങ്ങളെയും സാമ്പത്തികശാസ്ത്രം എങ്ങനെ സ്വാധീനിച്ചുവെന്ന് വെളിപ്പെടുത്തുന്നു.

Question 2.
വ്യാവസായികവിപ്ലവകാലത്തെ കണ്ടുപിടിത്തങ്ങളുമായി ബന്ധപ്പെട്ട ഉപകരണങ്ങളെയും വ്യക്തികളെയും കോർത്തിണക്കി ഐ.സി.ടി.യുടെ സഹായത്തോടെ സാമൂഹ്യശാസ്ത്ര ലാബിൽ ഒരു പ്രദർശനം സംഘടിപ്പിക്കുക.
Answer:
സൂചനകൾ. താഴെ നൽകിയത് പോലെ കൂടുതൽ ചിത്രങ്ങൾ ബന്ധപ്പെട്ട (ഉപകരണങ്ങളെയും വ്യക്തികളെയും) ശേഖരിക്കുകയും പ്രദർശിപ്പിക്കുകയും ചെയ്യുക.
SSLC History Chapter 4 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സമ്പത്തും ലോകവും 6

Question 3.
പതിനഞ്ചാം നൂറ്റാണ്ട് മുതൽ ഇരുപതാം നൂറ്റാണ്ട് വരെയുള്ള, പാഠഭാഗത്ത് പരാമർശിച്ചിട്ടുള്ള സുപ്രധാന സംഭവങ്ങളുമായി ബന്ധപ്പെട്ട രാജ്യങ്ങളെയും പ്രദേശങ്ങളെയും ഉൾപ്പെടുത്തി അറ്റ്ലസ് തയ്യാറാക്കുക.
Answer:
15-ാം നൂറ്റാണ്ട്

  • ഉൾപ്പെട്ട രാജ്യങ്ങൾ/പ്രദേശങ്ങൾ: പോർച്ചുഗൽ, സ്പെയിൻ, ഇറ്റലി, ഫ്രാൻസ്
  • കോൺസ്റ്റാന്റിനോപ്പിളിന്റെ പതനം (1453): ഉൾപ്പെട്ട രാജ്യങ്ങൾ/പ്രദേശങ്ങൾ: ഓട്ടോമൻ സാമ്രാജ്യം, ബൈസന്റൈൻ സാമ്രാജ്യം
  • നവോത്ഥാനം (14 – 17 നൂറ്റാണ്ട്): ഉൾപ്പെട്ട രാജ്യങ്ങൾ/പ്രദേശങ്ങൾ: ഇറ്റലി, ഫ്രാൻസ്, ഇംഗ്ലണ്ട്, വിശുദ്ധ റോമൻ സാമ്രാജ്യം

16-ാം നൂറ്റാണ്ട്

  • ഉൾപ്പെട്ട രാജ്യങ്ങൾ/പ്രദേശങ്ങൾ: ജർമ്മനി, ഇംഗ്ലണ്ട്, ഫ്രാൻസ്, സ്വിറ്റ്സർലൻഡ്
  • എലിസബത്ത് രാജ്ഞിയുടെ ഭരണകാലം (1558 – 1603): ഉൾപ്പെട്ട രാജ്യങ്ങൾ/പ്രദേശങ്ങൾ: ഇംഗ്ലണ്ട്, സ്പെയിൻ.

17-ാം നൂറ്റാണ്ട്
ഉൾപ്പെട്ട രാജ്യങ്ങൾ/പ്രദേശങ്ങൾ: ഹോളി റോമൻ സാമ്രാജ്യം, ഫ്രാൻസ്, സ്പെയിൻ, സ്വീഡൻ, ഡെൻമാർക്ക്, മറ്റ് യൂറോപ്യൻ രാജ്യങ്ങൾ.

18-ാം നൂറ്റാണ്ട്

  • ഉൾപ്പെട്ട രാജ്യങ്ങൾ/പ്രദേശങ്ങൾ: പതിമൂന്ന് കോളനികൾ (പിന്നീട് യുണൈറ്റഡ് സ്റ്റേറ്റ്സ്), ഗ്രേറ്റ് ബ്രിട്ടൺ, ഫ്രാൻസ്
  • ഫ്രഞ്ച് വിപ്ലവം (1789 – 1799): ഉൾപ്പെട്ട രാജ്യങ്ങൾ/പ്രദേശങ്ങൾ: ഫ്രാൻസ്.

19-ാം നൂറ്റാണ്ട്
അമേരിക്കൻ ആഭ്യന്തരയുദ്ധം: ഉൾപ്പെട്ട രാജ്യങ്ങൾ/പ്രദേശങ്ങൾ: യുണൈറ്റഡ് സ്റ്റേറ്റ്സ്

20-ാം നൂറ്റാണ്ട്

  • ഒന്നാം ലോകമഹായുദ്ധം (1914 – 1918); ഉൾപ്പെട്ട രാജ്യങ്ങൾ/പ്രദേശങ്ങൾ: സഖ്യകക്ഷികൾ (ഫ്രാൻസ്, ഗ്രേറ്റ് ബ്രിട്ടൻ, റഷ്യ, ഇറ്റലി, യുണൈറ്റഡ് സ്റ്റേറ്റ്സ്) vs. കേന്ദ്ര ശക്തികൾ (ജർമ്മനി, ഓസ്ട്രിയ-ഹംഗറി, ഓട്ടോമൻ സാമ്രാജ്യം)
  • രണ്ടാം ലോകമഹായുദ്ധം (1939 – 1945): ഉൾപ്പെട്ട രാജ്യങ്ങൾ/പ്രദേശങ്ങൾ: സഖ്യകക്ഷികൾ (യുണൈറ്റഡ് സ്റ്റേറ്റ്സ്, സോവിയറ്റ് യൂണിയൻ, ഗ്രേറ്റ് ബ്രിട്ടൻ, ഫ്രാൻസ്) അച്ചുതണ്ട് ശക്തികൾ (നാസി ജർമ്മനി, ഇറ്റലി, ജപ്പാൻ)
  • ശീതയുദ്ധം (1947 – 1991): ഉൾപ്പെട്ട രാജ്യങ്ങൾ/പ്രദേശങ്ങൾ: യുണൈറ്റഡ് സ്റ്റേറ്റ്സ്, സോവിയറ്റ് യൂണിയൻ, അവയുടെ സഖ്യകക്ഷികൾ
  • അപകടനിർമാർജനവും സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യ പ്രസ്ഥാനങ്ങളും ഉൾപ്പെട്ട രാജ്യങ്ങൾ/പ്രദേശങ്ങൾ: ഇന്ത്യ, ആഫ്രിക്ക, തെക്കുകിഴക്കൻ ഏഷ്യ, കരീബിയൻ.

Question 4.
അടിമത്തം പ്രധാന വിഷയമായി അവതരിപ്പിച്ച ‘അങ്കിൾ ടോംസ് ക്യാബിൻ’ എന്ന ചലച്ചിത്രം സാമൂഹ്യശാസ്ത്രലാബിൽ പ്രദർശിപ്പിക്കുകയും ആസ്വാദനക്കുറിപ്പ് തയ്യാറാക്കുകയും ചെയ്യുക.
Answer:
ഹാരിയറ്റ് ബീച്ചർ സ്റ്റോവിന്റെ സ്വാധീനമുള്ള നോവലിനെ അടിസ്ഥാനമാക്കിയുള്ള ‘അങ്കിൾ ടോംസ് ക്യാബിൻ’, അമേരിക്കയിലെ അടിമത്തത്തിന്റെ വിനാശകരമായ ആഘാതത്തിന്റെ ആഴത്തിലുള്ള ചിത്രീകരണം നൽകുന്നു. മനുഷ്യത്വമില്ലായ്മ, പ്രതിരോധശേഷി, ധാർമ്മിക ഉത്തരവാദിത്തം, മോചനം തുടങ്ങിയ നിർണായക വിഷയങ്ങൾ ഈ ചിത്രം പര്യവേക്ഷണം ചെയ്യുന്നു. അങ്കിൾ ടോം എന്ന കഥാപാത്രത്തിലൂടെ, സങ്കൽപ്പിക്കാനാവാത്ത ക്രൂരത സഹിക്കുന്ന ഒരു വ്യക്തിയുടെ ശക്തിയും വിശ്വാസവും, വലിയ കഷ്ടപ്പാടുകൾക്കിടയിലും അന്തസ്സിലും അനുകമ്പയിലും ഉള്ള അദ്ദേഹത്തിന്റെ അചഞ്ചലമായ വിശ്വാസവും കാഴ്ചക്കാർ കാണുന്നു. മറ്റുള്ളവർക്കുവേണ്ടിയുള്ള അദ്ദേഹത്തിന്റെ ത്യാഗം പ്രത്യാശയുടെയും നീതിയുടെയും അടിച്ചമർത്തലിനെതിരെ നിലകൊള്ളുന്നതിന്റെ ആത്യന്തിക വിലയുടെയും ശക്തമായ പ്രതീകമായി വർത്തിക്കുന്നു.

അടിമത്തത്തിന്റെ വൈകാരിക ആഘാതം, പ്രത്യേകിച്ച് കുടുംബങ്ങളുടെ നിർബന്ധിത വേർപിരിയലും അത് സൃഷ്ടിച്ച മാനസിക ആഘാതവും ഈ സിനിമ ഊന്നിപ്പറയുന്നു. സ്നേഹം, കുടുംബം, ബന്ധം എന്നിവയ്ക്കുള്ള മനുഷ്യന്റെ ആഴത്തിലുള്ള ആവശ്യകത ഇത് വെളിപ്പെടുത്തുന്നു, ഇത് അടിമത്തത്തിന്റെ ആഘാതത്തെ കൂടുതൽ വേദനാജനകവും ആപേക്ഷികവുമാക്കുന്നു. സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യത്തിനും സമത്വത്തിനും വേണ്ടിയുള്ള ചരിത്രപരമായ പോരാട്ടത്തെ അങ്കിൾ ടോംസ് ക്യാബിൻ എടുത്തുകാണിക്കുന്നതുപോലെ, വംശീയ നീതിക്കുവേണ്ടിയുള്ള നിരന്തരമായ പോരാട്ടത്തിന്റെ കാലാതീതമായ ഓർമ്മപ്പെടുത്തലായും ഇത് പ്രവർത്തിക്കുന്നു. അസമത്വത്തിന്റെയും അടിച്ചമർത്തലിന്റെയും വ്യവസ്ഥകളെ സജീവമായി വെല്ലുവിളിക്കാൻ നമ്മെ പ്രേരിപ്പിക്കുന്ന ഭൂതകാലത്തിന്റെ പാഠങ്ങൾ ഇന്നും പ്രതിധ്വനിക്കുന്നു. അടിമത്തത്തിന്റെ ചരിത്രപരമായ പശ്ചാത്തലം മനസ്സിലാക്കാൻ മാത്രമല്ല, കൂടുതൽ നീതിയുക്തവും തുല്യവും കാരുണ്യപൂർണ്ണവുമായ ഒരു സമൂഹത്തിനായി നമുക്ക് എങ്ങനെ സംഭാവന നൽകാമെന്ന് ചിന്തിക്കാനും ഈ സിനിമ കാണുന്നത് ഒരു അവസരമാണ്.

SSLC History Chapter 4 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സമ്പത്തും ലോകവും

SSLC History Chapter 4 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium

  • ലോകചരിത്രത്തിന്റെ പിൽക്കാല ഗതിവിഗതികളെ നിർണ്ണയിച്ച പ്രധാന ഘടകങ്ങളിൽ ഒന്നാണ് പതിന ഞ്ച്, പതിനാറ് നൂറ്റാണ്ടുകളിലെ യൂറോപ്യരുടെ ഭൂമിശസ്ത്രപര്യവേഷണങ്ങൾ.
  • ഭൂമിശാസ്ത്രപര്യവേഷണങ്ങൾക്ക് തുടക്കം കുറിച്ചത് പോർച്ചുഗലും സെപ്തിനുമാണ്.
  • ഭൂമിശാസ്ത്രപര്യവേഷണങ്ങൾ സുപ്രധാനമായ നിരവധി അനന്തരഫലങ്ങൾ സൃഷ്ടിച്ചു.
  • വ്യാപാരത്തിലൂടെ സ്വർണ്ണവും വെള്ളിയും നേടുക എന്നതിന് പ്രാധാന്യം നൽകുന്ന സാമ്പത്തിക നയം മെർക്കന്റലിസം എന്നറിയപ്പെടുന്നു.
  • കോളനികളിൽ നിന്ന് പരമാവധി സമ്പത്ത് തങ്ങളുടെ രാജ്യങ്ങളിൽ എത്തിക്കുക എന്ന ലക്ഷ്യത്തോടെ അധീശ രാജ്യങ്ങൾ നടപ്പിലാക്കുന്ന നയങ്ങളെയും തന്ത്രങ്ങളെയുമാണ് കൊളോണിയൻ നയങ്ങൾ എന്നു വിളിക്കുന്നത്.
  • 1780 നും 1850 നും ഇടയിൽ ഉൽപ്പാദന രംഗത്ത് യന്ത്രങ്ങൾ ഉപയോഗിച്ചത് മൂലമുണ്ടായ മാറ്റങ്ങൾ വ്യാവ സായിക വിപ്ലവം എന്നറിയപ്പെടുന്നു.
  • വിഭവങ്ങളുടെ നീതിയുക്തമായ വിതരണവും ഉൽപ്പാദനോപാധികളുടെ പൊതുഉടമസ്ഥതയുമായിരുന്നു വ്യാവസായിക മുതലാളിത്ത ചൂഷണത്തിനെതിരായി ഉയർന്നു വന്ന സോഷ്യലിസ്റ്റ് ആശയങ്ങളുടെ കേന്ദ്ര ബിന്ദു.
  • 1914 മുതൽ 1918 വരെ നടന്ന ഒന്നാം ലോകയുദ്ധം ലോകത്തിലെ എല്ലാ രാജ്യങ്ങളും പരോഷമായോ പ്രത്യക്ഷമായോ പങ്കെടുത്ത ആദ്യയുദ്ധമായിരുന്നു.
  • ഒന്നാം ലോകയുദ്ധം യൂറോപ്പിൽ സമഗ്രാധിപത്യത്തിന്റെ വളർച്ചയ്ക്ക് വഴിയൊരുക്കി.
  • 1939 മുതൽ 1945 വരെയായിരുന്നു രണ്ടാം ലോകയുദ്ധം.
  • യുദ്ധാനന്തരലോകം ശീതസമരത്തിനും ഏഷ്യനാഫ്രിക്കൻ കോളനികളുടെ സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യത്തിനും സാക്ഷ്യം വഹിച്ചു.
  • ധനമുതലാളിത്തത്തിലൂടെയാണ് പുത്തൻ കൊളോണിയൽ നയം നടപ്പിലാക്കിയത്.

ആമുഖം

ആധുനിക ലോകചരിത്രത്തിൽ സാമ്പത്തിക ഘടകങ്ങൾക്കുള്ള പ്രാധാന്യവും അവയുടെ സ്വഭാവവുമാണ് ഈ പാഠഭാഗത്ത് പരാമർശിക്കുന്നത്. ലോകചരിത്രത്തിന്റെ ഗതിതന്നെ മാറ്റി മറിച്ച് പതിനഞ്ചാം നൂറ്റാണ്ടിലെ ഭൂമിശാ സ്ത്രപരമായ കണ്ടുപിടിത്തങ്ങൾ മുതൽ ഇരുപതാം നൂറ്റാണ്ടിന്റെ അവസാനം വരെയുള്ള ലോകത്തിന്റെ ചരി ത്രമാണ് ഇവിടെ പരാമർശിക്കുന്നത്. മാനവിക ചരിത്രത്തിന്റെ രൂപപ്പെടലിൽ സാമ്പത്തിക ഘടകങ്ങൾക്കുള്ള, പ്രാധാന്യത്തിന് ഊന്നൽ നൽകിക്കൊണ്ടാണ് ഈ പാഠഭാഗത്തിലെ ഉള്ളടക്കത്തെ തയ്യാറാക്കിയിട്ടുള്ളത്. കോളനിവൽക്കര ണം, വ്യവസായ വിപ്ലവം, സാമ്രാജ ത്വം, ലോക യുദ്ധ ങ്ങൾ, സമഗ്രാധിപ ത്യം, യുദ്ധാനന്തര ലോകം തുടങ്ങി നവകോളനിവൽക്ക രണം വരെയുള്ള ലോകത്തിന്റെ ചരി തമാണ് ഇവിടെ വ്യക്തമാക്കപ്പെടു ന്നത്.
SSLC History Chapter 4 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സമ്പത്തും ലോകവും 7

യൂറോപ്യർ ഇതര ഭൂഖണ്ഡങ്ങളിലേക്ക്

  • ലോകചരിത്രത്തിന്റെ പിൽക്കാല ഗതിവിഗതികളെ നിർണ്ണയിച്ച പ്രധാന ഘടകങ്ങളിൽ ഒന്നാണ് പതിനഞ്ച്, പതിനാറ് നൂറ്റാണ്ടുകളിലെ യൂറോപ്യരുടെ ഭൂമിശാസ്ത്രപര്യവേഷണങ്ങൾ.
  • ഭൂമിശാസ്ത്രപര്യവേഷണങ്ങൾക്ക് തുടക്കം കുറിച്ചത് പോർച്ചുഗലും സെപ്തിനുമാണ്.
  • ആഫ്രിക്കൻ ഭൂഖണ്ഡത്തിലേക്കായിരുന്നു യൂറോപ്യരുടെ ആദ്യത്തെ പര്യവേഷണ യാത്രകൾ
  • ഭൂമിശാസ്ത്രപര്യവേഷണങ്ങൾ സുപ്രധാനമായ നിരവധി അനന്തരഫലങ്ങൾ സൃഷ്ടിച്ചു.

മെർക്കന്റലിസം

  • വ്യാപാരത്തിലൂടെ സ്വർണ്ണവും വെള്ളിയും നേടുക എന്നതിന് പ്രാധാന്യം നൽകുന്ന സാമ്പത്തിക നയം മെർക്കന്റലിസം എന്നറിയപ്പെടുന്നു.
  • കോളനികളിൽ നിന്ന് പരമാവധി സമ്പത്ത് തങ്ങളുടെ രാജ്യങ്ങളിൽ എത്തിക്കുക എന്ന ലക്ഷ്യത്തോടെ അധീശരാജ്യങ്ങൾ നടപ്പിലാക്കുന്ന നയങ്ങളെയും തന്ത്രങ്ങളെയുമാണ് കൊളോണിയൻ നയങ്ങൾ എന്നു വിളിക്കുന്നത്
  • കോളനിവൽക്കരണത്തിന് നിരവധി ഫലങ്ങൾ ഉണ്ടായിരുന്നു.
  • ഭൂമിശാസ്ത്രപര്യവേഷണങ്ങൾ കച്ചവട മുതലാളിത്തത്തിനും വ്യാവസായിക മുതലാളിത്തത്തിനും വഴി തെളിച്ചു.

SSLC History Chapter 4 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium സമ്പത്തും ലോകവും

വ്യവസായികവിപ്ലവം

  • 1780 നും 1850 നും ഇടയിൽ ഉൽപ്പാദന രംഗത്ത് യന്ത്രങ്ങൾ ഉപയോഗിച്ചത് മൂലമുണ്ടായ മാറ്റങ്ങൾ വ്യാവസാ യിക വിപ്ലവം എന്നറിയപ്പെടുന്നു.
  • വ്യാവസായിക വിപ്ലവത്തിന് നേട്ടങ്ങളും കോട്ടങ്ങളും ഉണ്ടായിരുന്നു.
  • വിഭവങ്ങളുടെ നീതിയുക്തമായ വിതരണവും ഉൽപ്പാദനോപാധികളുടെ പൊതു ഉടമസ്ഥതയുമായിരുന്നു വ്യാവസായിക മുതലാളിത്ത ചൂഷണത്തിനെതിരായി ഉയർന്നു വന്ന സോഷ്യലിസ്റ്റ് ആശയങ്ങളുടെ കേന്ദ്ര ബിന്ദു.
  • കോളനികളെ അസംസ്കൃത വസ്തുക്കൾ ശേഖരിക്കാനുള്ള ഇടവും ഉൽപ്പന്നങ്ങൾ വിറ്റഴിക്കാനുള്ള വിപ ണികളുമായി യൂറോപ്യർ മാറ്റുകയും അവിടെ രാഷ്ട്രീയാധിപത്യം സ്ഥാപിക്കുകയും ചെയ്തു.
  • ഇത് സാമ്രാജ്യത്വത്തിന് വഴി തെളിച്ചു.

സാമ്രാജ്യത്വം

  • പഴയ സാമ്രാജ്യത്വ ശക്തികളും പുതിയ സാമ്രാജ്യത്വ ശക്തികളും തമ്മിലുള്ള കിടമത്സരം പുതിയ സംഘർഷ ങ്ങൾക്ക് വഴിയൊരുക്കി.
  • 1914 മുതൽ 1918 വരെ നടന്ന ഒന്നാം ലോകയുദ്ധം ലോകത്തിലെ എല്ലാ രാജ്യങ്ങളും പരോഷമായോ പ്രത്യ ക്ഷമായോ പങ്കെടുത്ത ആദ്യയുദ്ധമായിരുന്നു.
  • ഒന്നാം ലോകയുദ്ധം യൂറോപ്പിൽ സമഗ്രാധിപത്യത്തിന്റെ വളർച്ചയ്ക്ക് വഴിയൊരുക്കി.
  • ഒന്നാം ലോകയുദ്ധാനന്തരം ഇറ്റലിയിൽ ഫാഷിസവും ജർമ്മനിയിൽ നാസിസവും അധികാരം സ്ഥാപിച്ചു.
  • 1939 മുതൽ 1945 വരെയായിരുന്നു രണ്ടാം ലോകയുദ്ധം.

യുദ്ധാനന്തര ലോകം

  • യുദ്ധാനന്തരലോകം ശീതസമരത്തിനും ഏഷ്യനാഫ്രിക്കൻ കോളനികളുടെ സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യത്തിനും സാക്ഷ്യം വഹിച്ചു.
  • പുതുതായി സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യം നേടിയ രാജ്യങ്ങൾക്ക് വായ്പ നൽകി ചൂഷണം ചെയ്തു അമേരിക്കൻ നയം പുത്തൻ കൊളോണിയൽ നയം എന്നറിയപ്പെട്ടു.
  • ധനമുതലാളിത്തത്തിലൂടെയാണ് പുത്തൻ കൊളോണിയൽ നയം നടപ്പിലാക്കിയത്.

SSLC Geography Chapter 5 Important Questions Money and Economy

Students rely on Geography Class 10 Notes Kerala Syllabus Chapter 5 Money and Economy to help self-study at home.

Class 10 Geography Chapter 5 Important Questions and Answers Money and Economy

Kerala Syllabus Class 10 Social Science Geography Chapter 5 Money and Economy Important Questions

Money and Economy Class 10 Important Questions

Question 1.
What facilitates the exchange of goods and services?
Answer:
Money

Question 2.
What is meant by the ‘medium of exchange’ function of money?
Answer:
Money is used to buy and sell goods and services.

Question 3.
What is the velocity of circulation of money?
Answer:
The number of times a unit of money is exchanged in a given period of time is known as the velocity of circulation of money.

Question 4.
How does an increase in the velocity of circulation of money affect the economy?
Answer:
It indicates acceleration in economic growth.

Question 5.
Which institutions play a major role in facilitating money transactions and regulating economic activities?
Answer:
Banks and Financial institutions

SSLC Geography Chapter 5 Important Questions Money and Economy

Question 6.
Which is the central bank of India?
Answer:
RBI

Question 7.
In which year was the Reserve Bank of India established?
Answer:
1935

Question 8.
Where was the headquarters of RBI shifted to in 1937?
Answer:
Mumbai

Question 9.
In which year was the RBI nationalized?
Answer:
1949

Question 10.
Where are the coins and one rupee notes printed in India?
Answer:
Ministry of Finance

Question 11.
What is the term for Ml and M2 combined?
Answer:
Narrow money

Question 12.
What happens when the reserve ratio decreases?
Answer:
Credit increases

Question 13.
Which bank controls the credit and money supply in India?
Answer:
RBI

SSLC Geography Chapter 5 Important Questions Money and Economy

Question 14.
When was the most recent demonetization implemented in India?
Answer:
2016

Question 15.
What policy is related to taxation and government spending?
Answer:
Fiscal policy

Question 16.
Which bank is an example of a cooperative bank in Kerala?
Answer:
Kerala Bank

Question 17.
In which year were 14 banks nationalized in India?
Answer:
1969

Question 18.
Who developed the UPI payment system?
Answer:
NPCI

Question 19.
The kudumbasree is an example of: (MODEL 2022)
a) Insurance company
b) Microfinance
c) Mutual fund institution
d) NBFCs
Answer:
b) Microfinance

Question 20.
Name any three general functions of Money.
Answer:

  1. Medium of exchange
  2. Measure of value
  3. Store of value

Question 21.
Printing and Issuing Currency is one of the major functions of the Reserve Bank of India. Explain.
Answer:
As per the Reserve Bank of India Act 1934, only the Reserve Bank of India has the power to print and issue all currencies except coins and one-rupee notes. The coins and one-rupee notes are printed and issued by the Ministry of Finance, Government of India. The Reserve Bank of India is responsible for designing, incorporating the security features, printing, and distributing the currency. Currency notes are printed at the Government of India’s printing presses at Nasik (Maharashtra) and Dewas (Madhya Pradesh). It is also printed at two presses at Mysore (Karnataka) and Salboni (West Bengal) by Bharatiya Reserve Bank Note Mudran Limited (BRBNML), owned by RBI. Coins are minted at the Government of India’s mints at Mumbai, Hyderabad, Kolkata and Noida. Based on the government’s instructions, the Reserve Bank of India can withdraw the currency notes in circulation. This is known as demonetization.

SSLC Geography Chapter 5 Important Questions Money and Economy

Question 22.
Define Repo Rate and Reserve Repo Rate.
Answer:
Repo Rate: The rate of interest charged by the Reserve Bank of India on the loans taken by commercial banks from the RBI.

Reverse Repo Rate: The rate of interest given by the Reserve Bank of India on the deposits by the commercial banks.

Question 23.
How are commercial banks and cooperative banks different, and give an example of a cooperative bank?
Answer:
Banks can be broadly classified into commercial banks and cooperative banks. While the operations of commercial banks are controlled by shareholders, the ownership of cooperative banks is vested with the members of the cooperative societies. Kerala Bank is an example of a cooperative bank.

Question 24.
Name three services provided by commercial banks to the public.
Answer:

  1. Credit Card, Debit Card
  2. ATM Services
  3. Locker Facility

Question 25.
When was KSFE established, and what services does it offer to the people of Kerala?
Answer:
KSFE is a non-banking financial company in Kerala. It was established in 1969 to provide financial services to the people of Kerala. It provides various services like gold loans, personal loans, business loans, vehicle loans, housing loans, microfmance and chits, through its various branches. KSFE has a strong presence in Kerala through its network of branches and the strong support of its customers.

Question 26.
Define Credit Deposit Ratio
Answer:
Credit Deposit Ratio measures the proportion of a bank’s deposits that are used for loans. It is monitored by the RBI. A high credit deposit ratio indicates that banks have lent out a large portion of the deposits they have received. A low credit deposit ratio indicates that banks are lending out a smaller portion of the deposits they have received.

Question 27.
Explain the General functions of Money.
Answer:
a) Medium of Exchange
b) Measure of value
c) Store of Value
d) Means of Deferred Payments

a) Medium of Exchange: Goods and services can be sold for money, and the money can be used to purchase the goods and services that are needed. For example, labour can be supplied and its reward can be received in the form of money. The same money can be used to purchase goods and services. In this way money is crucial for making countless transactions in the economy.

b) Measure of value: The value of all goods can be expressed in monetary terms. In the barter system, it was not easy to compare the value of one good with the value of another. Money made it easy to compare the values of two goods. The value of a good is the price that is assigned to it in the transaction process. Just as the value of good is measured in monetary terms, the value of money can also be expressed in terms of other goods. The value of money is its purchasing power. When the price of goods increases, the purchasing power of money will decrease, and when the price of goods decreases, the purchasing power of money will increase. Changes in the purchasing power of money are keenly felt when there is inflation or deflation in the economy.

c) Store of Value: When money became something that was acceptable to everyone, it had become possible to store the value of any good in the form of money. This was not possible in the barter system. Through this it is possible to convert the value of goods, including that of perishable items, into money or asset and it can be used in the future.

d) Means of Deferred Payments: In the modem times many business activities are carried out with ease because of the advantage of settling the financial transactions at a later date. Both buyers and sellers generally agree that the cash settlement of the transactions of goods and services can be cleared later. It is possible to measure the value of borrowing and lending in the form of money. This is very helpful for short and longterm business transactions.

SSLC Geography Chapter 5 Important Questions Money and Economy

Question 28.
RBI uses quantitative and qualitative measures to control credit. Elucidate the statement.
Answer:
a) Printing and Issuing Currency: As per the Reserve Bank of India Act 1934, only the Reserve Bank of India has the power to print and issue all currencies except coins and one rupee notes. The coins and one rupee notes are printed and issued by the Ministry of Finance, Government of India. The Reserve Bank of India is responsible for designing, incorporating the security features, printing, and distributing the currency. Currency notes are printed at the Government of India’s printing presses at Nasik (Maharashtra) and Dewas (Madhya Pradesh). It is also printed at two presses at Mysore (Karnataka) and Salboni (West Bengal) by Bharatiya Reserve Bank Note Mudran Limited (BRBNML), owned by RBI. Coins are minted at the Government of India’s mints at Mumbai, Hyderabad, Kolkata and Noida. Based on the government’s instructions, the Reserve Bank of India can withdraw the currency notes in circulation. This is known as demonetization.

b) Bankers’ Bank: The Reserve Bank acts as the bankers’ bank. It provides emergency loans to banks in the times of crisis, maintains the reserves of banks, and helps to settle transactions between banks.

c) Controls the supply of money and credit: When the supply of money increases and the production of goods and services does not increase proportionately, there arises a situation where there are fewer goods and services and more money in the economy. This causes the prices of goods and services to rise. An increase in the general price level of goods and services is known as inflation. Inflation in India is measured using the Consumer Price Index (CPI), which is prepared by the National Statistical Office under the Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation (MOSPI). If inflation increases in the economy without any control, it causes a decrease in the purchasing power of money. It adversely affects economic growth and production. Therefore, inflation must be controlled. One of the reasons behind inflation is the increase in the quantity of money supply. The total amount of money in an economy is the total amount of money held by the public and money held by banks and nonbanking financial institutions. The Reserve Bank sees the total amount of money in our economy in the form of M1, M2, M3 and M4,
M1 = Coins and currency notes held by the public and the savings deposits in commercial banks
M2 = M1 + savings deposits in post office savings banks
M3 = M1 + net fixed deposits in commercial banks
M4 = M3 + total deposits in post offices (excluding National Savings Certificates)
where M1 and M2 are known as narrow money and M3 and M4 are known as broad money.

Uncontrolled lending by banks leads to the increase in the money supply in the economy and also inflation. This needs to be controlled. RBI uses quantitative and qualitative measures to control credit.
SSLC Geography Chapter 5 Important Questions Money and Economy 1
Inflation is controlled by changing bank rates and changing the reserve ratio, by RBI. The important bank rates are the repo rate and the reverse repo.

For example when inflation increases unchecked, RBI increases repo rate and reverse repo rate. When RBI increases these rates, the commercial banks also change these rates. When these rates are increased, the money available with the commercial banks for lending fall because at a higher rate of interest the commercial banks will take less loans from RBI and deposit more in the RBI. In the same way the loan taken by the public will also be less. So the money available in the economy also would be less. When the rate of interest is high, people will prefer to save more money rather than spend, because the reward for not consuming is greater. The money held by the public Rows to commercial banks and from there to the Reserve Bank. The amount of money in the economy decreases and the inflation comes under control.

  • Reserve Bank of India controls the credit and supply of money by changing the Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR).
  • This is the amount of money the banks must keep as reserves with the Reserve Bank out of the money they receive as deposits.
  • When the reserve ratio decreases, the amount of money available with banks to lend increases and the availability of credit increases. This increases the money available with the people.
  • However, when the reserve ratio increases, amount of money available with banks to lend will decrease. This reduces the availability of credit and reduces the amount of money people have.

Repo Rate: The rate of interest charged by the Reserve Bank of India on the loans taken by commercial banks from the RBI.
Reverse Repo Rate: The rate of interest given by the Reserve Bank of India on the deposits by the commercial banks.

d) Acts as the government’s bank: The Reserve Bank of India is responsible for maintaining government accounts, providing banking services, and implementing financial management. It also advises the government on matters such as fiscal and monetary policy.

e) Custodian of foreign exchange reserves: The foreign exchange reserves of our economy are the sum total of foreign currencies and gold reserves. RBI is the custodian of all these.

f) Publication of Reports: RBI publishes various reports at different periods such as Banking Trends in India, Monetary Policy Reports, Consumer Surveys, RBI Bulletin and Statistical Supplements.

Question 29.
Explain some of the payment systems that have emerged in the banking sector as a result of technology.
Answer:
Technology is helpful in increasing the speed of transactions. With the advent of mobile banking and online banking, customers have been able to access various banking services using smartphones and computers. Online banking is a system where bank transactions are available through the internet. Banking services that were available only at certain times and days are now available 365 days a year, anywhere in the world, due to the intervention of technology. Some of the payment systems that have emerged in the banking sector as a result of technology :

  • National Electronic Fund Transfer System (NEFT)
    This is a system introduced by the Reserve Bank of India to make bank transactions between account holders easier and faster. Funds are transferred using the Indian Financial System Code (IFSC).
  • Real Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)
    RTGS is a system introduced by the RBI to transfer large amounts of money between account holders. The feature of this is that transactions can be completed in a very short time.
  • Core Banking
    Core banking is a system that enables an account holder of a bank to carry out financial transactions from any of its branches. There is no need to go to the specific branch where the customer holds the account for the bank transactions. It is convenient for the customers.
  • Universal Payment Interface (UPI)
    UPI is a payment system developed by the National Payments Corporation of India (NPCI). It enables real¬time money transfers between bank accounts. Users can connect their various bank accounts through a mobile application and make simple and secure transactions. Some of the popular UPI apps are Google Pay, Paytm, Phone Pay, BIM UPI, and Amazon Pay.
    The use of cyber technology can help deliver personalized services and reduce costs, but it also poses significant challenges to security.

Question 30.
What are the different types of Deposits?
Answer:
a) Accepting Deposits
Various types of deposit accounts offered to the public by commercial banks are:
Savings Deposit: This is a deposit that instills the habit of saving in individuals and allows them to withdraw money according to their needs. The depositor has the opportunity to withdraw money from such deposits, subject to restrictions. The number of times money can be withdrawn within a period and the limit on the amount that can be withdrawn varies from bank to bank. Banks often offer low interest rates on savings deposits.

Current Deposit: A current account is an account intended for business transactions. There is no limit to the number of transactions that can be made from such accounts in a single day. Banks do not pay interest on the money in this account. Overdraft facility is provided for this account. An overdraft is a system that allows you to withdraw more than the amount in the current account within a predetermined limit.

Term Deposit or Fixed Deposit Account: Money that is not needed to be withdrawn immediately can be deposited in such accounts. Banks pay more interest on such deposits than on money in a savings bank account. If money is withdrawn from these deposits before the maturity period, the interest rate received by the depositors may be reduced. The interest can be withdrawn upon maturity along with the deposits, or at various periods determined by the depositor.

Recurring Deposits: Recurring deposits are deposits of a fixed amount of money at regular intervals for a specific period of time. Such deposits earn higher interest rates than savings deposits. However, they are lower than the interest rates on fixed deposits. At the end of the tenure, the accumulated amount can be withdrawn along with interest.

Question 31.
Match column A with column B.

A B
Fiscal policy Supply of money and the rate of interest
M2 Taxation and government spending
Monetary policy M1 + savings deposits in commercial banks
Narrow money M3 and M4
Broad money M1 and M2

Answer:

A B
Fiscal policy Taxation and government spending
M2 M1 + savings deposits in commercial banks
Monetary policy Supply of money and the rate of interest
Narrow money M1 and M2
Broad money M3 and M4

Question 32.
The main functions of commercial banks are to accept deposits from the public and to provide loans.
What are the other functions of Commercial banks?
Answer:
Commercial banks are licensed by the RBI to provide banking services and are included in the Second Schedule of the RBI Act, 1934. Public sector banks, private sector banks, small finance banks, payment banks, specialized banks, regional rural banks, and foreign banks are some examples of commercial banks.
Eg: NABARD,SBI,Canara Bank
Commercial banks that were allowed to operate in India after the financial reforms of the 1990s are known as new generation banks.
Eg: Axis Bank, Mahindra Bank, Yes Bank and Indus Bank.

Functions of Commercial Banks
The main functions of commercial banks are to accept deposits from the public and to provide loans. Banks act as a safe haven for savings. They are able to convert the money deposited in banks into various types of loans and make them available to entrepreneurs.

a) Accepting Deposits
Various types of deposit accounts offered to the public by commercial banks are:
Savings Deposit: This is a deposit that instills the habit of saving in individuals and allows them to withdraw money according to their needs. The depositor has the opportunity to withdraw money from such deposits, subject to restrictions. The number of times money can be withdrawn within a period and the limit on the amount that can be withdrawn varies from bank to bank. Banks often offer low interest rates on savings deposits.

Current Deposit: A current account is an account intended for business transactions. There is no limit to the number of transactions that can be made from such accounts in a single day. Banks do not pay interest on the money in this account. Overdraft facility is provided for this account. An overdraft is a system that allows you to withdraw more than the amount in the current account within a predetermined limit.

Term Deposit or Fixed Deposit Account: Money that is not needed to be withdrawn immediately can be deposited in such accounts. Banks pay more interest on such deposits than on money in a savings bank account. If money is withdrawn from these deposits before the maturity period, the interest rate received by the depositors may be reduced. The interest can be withdrawn upon maturity along with the deposits, or at various periods determined by the depositor.

Recurring Deposits: Recurring deposits are deposits of a fixed amount of money at regular intervals for a specific period of time. Such deposits earn higher interest rates than savings deposits. However, they are lower than the interest rates on fixed deposits. At the end of the tenure, the accumulated amount can be withdrawn along with interest.

b) Lending Loans
It is the Commercial banks that provide various loans to individuals and institutions for various financial activities. Commercial banks act as intermediaries between depositors and borrowers. Banks keep a portion of the deposits received as reserves and lend the rest to entrepreneurs. Commercial banks charge interest on the various loans they provide to their customers. The interest rate charged to borrowers is higher than the interest rate paid to depositors. The difference between the interest paid to depositors and the interest charged from borrowers is the income of banks. This is known as the spread. Banks provide loans by accepting various collaterals. They accept gold, land documents, salary certificates, etc. as collateral.

c) Other functions Providing various services.
Commercial banks provide various banking services to the public.

  • Credit Card, Debit Card
  • ATM Services
  • Locker Facility

SSLC Geography Chapter 5 Important Questions Money and Economy

Question 33.
Why is credit important for entrepreneurs? Explain the difference between formal and informal sources of credit in India.
Answer:
Entrepreneurs need money to start new ventures, to expand existing ventures and to enable firms to adopt new technologies. A large percentage of this comes from banks and non-banking financial institutions. Credit can be considered as the main source for the financing of development activities. Sources of credit in India can be classified into formal and informal sources of credit. Formal sources of credit are the organised, institutionalized and regulated systems. Informal sources of credit are the unorganised and non-institutionalised systems. The mutual coexistence and operational success of both are necessary for the growth of the economy.
SSLC Geography Chapter 5 Important Questions Money and Economy 2

Question 34.
How do government initiatives aimed at financial inclusion contribute to inclusive economic growth? Mention the steps taken by the government to extend banking services to the rural and marginalised population.
Answer:
Financial inclusion and inclusive economic growth accelerate when banking services reach the common man, the rural population and the marginalised people.Government has taken various steps for this.

a) Nationalization of Banks
In order to bring the functioning of banks to different parts of the country and to more people, 14 banks were nationalized in 1969 and 6 banks, in 1980. The main objectives of bank nationalization are:

  • To expand banking facilities in rural areas
  • To provide credit to farmers at lower rates
  • To ensure equitable distribution of credit
  • To prevent the concentration of economic power in a few people.

b) Co-operative Banking Systems : Co-operative banks play a crucial role in activating the rural economy by providing banking facilities to villagers and ordinary farmers. They operate on the principles of cooperation, self-help and mutual assistance. The objectives of co-operative banks are to inculcate the habit of saving among the villagers, to protect the common people from private money lenders, and to provide low-cost loans to farmers and small businessmen.

c) Microfinance: Microfinance aims to provide financial services to low-income individuals, families, and businesses who do not have access to conventional banking services. Poverty alleviation, empowerment of women and the marginalized, promotion of entrepreneurship and ensuring job creation, and improvement of quality of life are all goals set by micro finance. The Grameen Bank, founded by Professor Muhammad Yunus in Bangladesh in 1983, is a good example of microfinance. Kudumbashree in Kerala works on the concept of microfinance. The work done by Kudumbashree in Kerala for poverty alleviation and women empowerment has repeatedly attracted world attention. These systems work by accepting small deposits through Neighborhood Groups and Self Help Groups (NHGS, SHGS) and by providing loans as per the need.

d) Jan Dhan Account: The Prime Minister Jan Dhan Account is a scheme to open an account for all those w ho do not have a bank account in the country. Its aim is to bring all the people of the country under the ambit of banking services. Zero minimum balance account is the special feature of this scheme. It also aims to provide financial services to the low-income group, promote financial literacy and inculcate the banking habit.

  • Digital currency has been the latest trend in financial transactions.
  • The government is also promoting Aadhaar based payment system, e-wallet and National Finance
    Switch to reduce the use of physical currencies and increase the use of digital currencies, thus moving towards a cashless economy.

Money plays a vital role in enabling the economic activities of production, consumption and distribution. As money turned digital, the number and magnitude of the transactions also increased. New currencies are emerging, keeping in with the changes in the world order. Money channelled into the market for consumption goes directly to producers and distributors while money set aside for saving goes to the entrepreneurs as loans through banks and non-banking financial institutions. Banks and non-banking financial institutions play a significant role in accelerating economic growth rate by promoting transactions. The proliferation and use of technology has promoted cashless transactions and succeeded in bringing those remote areas that have higher to no access to banks into the banking network.

Kerala Bank
The history of Kerala Bank starts with the registration of Thiruvananthapuram Central Co-operative Bank in 1915 through the Travancore co-operative society regulation act of His Highness Sree Moolam Thirunal in 1914. It started functioning as a bank on 18 January 1916. It was included in the Second Schedule of the Reserve Bank of India Act in July 1966. In 2019, the thirteen district cooperative banks of Kerala were merged into the Kerala State Co-operative Bank and became known as Kerala Bank. Kerala Bank operates in all 14 districts of Kerala with 823 branches. The main objectives of Kerala Bank are to provide better banking services, ensure financial inclusion and to accelerate the economic development of the state. Social commitment, rural development and providing support to the marginalized community are also the objectives of the bank. 40% of the bank’s shares are held by the Government of Kerala, 30% by District Co-operative Bank and 30% by others. Kerala Bank provides many banking services to its beneficiaries. This includes accepting deposits, providing loans and making other monetary transactions. The bank provides many facilities to its customers with ATM services across Kerala, modern banking technology and digital platform.

Question 35.
What are the main functions of the Reserve Bank of India in regulating and managing the country’s financial system.
Answer:
a) Printing and Issuing Currency: As per the Reserve Bank of India Act 1934, only the Reserve Bank of India has the power to print and issue all currencies except coins and one rupee notes. The coins and one rupee notes are printed and issued by the Ministry of Finance, Government of India. The Reserve Bank of India is responsible for designing, incorporating the security features, printing, and distributing the currency. Currency notes are printed at the Government of India’s printing presses at Nasik (Maharashtra) and Dewas (Madhya Pradesh). It is also printed at two presses at Mysore (Karnataka) and Salboni (West Bengal) by Bharatiya Reserve Bank Note Mudran Limited (BRBNML), owned by RBI. Coins are minted at the Government of India’s mints at Mumbai, Hyderabad, Kolkata and Noida. Based on the government’s instructions, the Reserve Bank of India can withdraw the currency notes in circulation. This is known as demonetization.

b) Bankers’ Bank: The Reserve Bank acts as the bankers’ bank. It provides emergency loans to banks in the times of crisis, maintains the reserves of banks, and helps to settle transactions between banks.

c) Controls the supply of money and credit: When the supply of money increases and the production of goods and services does not increase proportionately, there arises a situation where there are fewer goods and services and more money in the economy. This causes the prices of goods and services to rise. An increase in the general price level of goods and services is known as inflation. Inflation in India is measured using the Consumer Price Index (CPI), which is prepared by the National Statistical Office under the Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation (MOSPI). If inflation increases in the economy without any control, it causes a decrease in the purchasing power of money. It adversely affects economic growth and production. Therefore, inflation must be controlled. One of the reasons behind inflation is the increase in the quantity of money supply.The total amount of money in an economy is the total amount of money held by the public and money held by banks and non-banking financial institutions.

d) Acts as the government’s bank: The Reserve Bank of India is responsible for maintaining government accounts, providing banking services, and implementing financial management. It also advises the government on matters such as fiscal and monetary policy.

e) Custodian of foreign exchange reserves: The foreign exchange reserves of our economy are the sum total of foreign currencies and gold reserves. RBI is the custodian of all these.

f) Publication of Reports: RBI publishes various reports at different periods such as Banking Trends in India, Monetary Policy Reports, Consumer Surveys, RBI Bulletin and Statistical Supplements.

Question 36.
What can generally be called money?
Answer:
Anything accepted in the exchange of goods and services can generally be called money.

Question 37.
Write any two functions of Money.
Answer:
Measure of value, Measure of value

Question 38.
How does money strengthen the economy?
Answer:
Money stimulates the economic activities of production, distribution and consumption and strengthens the economy by making the transactions faster.

Question 39.
When and where was the Reserve Bank of India established, and when was its headquarters shifted? Answer:
The Reserve Bank of India was established on 1 April 1935 in Kolkata under the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934. Its headquarters were shifted to Mumbai in 1937.

SSLC Geography Chapter 5 Important Questions Money and Economy

Question 40.
What are the main functions of the central bank in an economy?
Answer:
The central bank regulates and coordinates the activities of banks and non-banking financial institutions in the economy.

Question 41.
M2 = ………………………. + savings deposits in post office savings banks.
Answer:
M1

Question 42.
Define Fiscal policy.
Answer:
Fiscal policy is the policy regarding taxation and government spending.

Question 43.
How are commercial banks and cooperative banks different in terms of ownership?
Answer:
Commercial banks are controlled by shareholders, while cooperative banks are owned by the members of cooperative societies.

Question 44.
Write one example for cooperative bank.
Answer:
Kerala Bank

Question 45.
Define new generation banks, and can you name a few?
Answer:
Commercial banks that were allowed to operate in India after the financial reforms of the 1990s are known as new generation banks. Eg: Axis Bank, Mahindra Bank, Yes Bank and Indus Bank.

Question 46.
Name any two facilities offered by commercial banks to Public.
Answer:
Credit Card, Debit Card, ATM Services.

Question 47.
What is the purpose of the NEFT and RTGS systems introduced by the RBI?
Answer:
NEFT is designed to make bank transactions between account holders easier and faster using the IFSC code, While RTGS is a system introduced by the RBI to transfer large amounts of money between account holders.

Question 48.
What is UPI and how does it benefit users?
Answer:
UPI is a payment system developed by the National Payments Corporation of India (NPCI).Users can connect their various bank accounts through a mobile application and make simple and secure transactions.

Question 49.
How has technology improved access to banking services for customers?
Answer:
Technology has improved access to banking services through mobile and online banking, allowing customers to perform transactions anytime, anywhere, 365 days a year using smartphones and computers.

Question 50.
Why is credit important for entrepreneurs and economic development?
Answer:
Credit is important for entrepreneurs as it provides the necessary funds to start new ventures, expand existing ones, and adopt new technologies. It is considered a main source for financing development activities and contributes to economic growth.

SSLC Geography Chapter 5 Important Questions Money and Economy

Question 51.
What does the Credit Deposit Ratio measure?
Answer:
Credit Deposit Ratio measures the proportion of a bank’s deposits that are used for loans.

Question 52.
Write any two formal sources of credit.
Answer:
Banks, Self-Help Groups

Question 53.
What were the main objectives of bank nationalization in India?
Answer:
To expand banking facilities in rural areas, to provide credit to farmers at lower rates etc.

Question 54.
What, is the aim of microfinance, and name two examples of microfinance institutions?
Answer:
Microfinance aims to provide financial services to low-income individuals, families, and businesses who do not have access to conventional banking services. Examples include the Grameen Bank in Bangladesh and Kudumbashree in Kerala.

Question 55.
…………………… has been the latest trend in financial transactions.
Answer:
Digital currency

SSLC History Chapter 1 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium മാനവികത

Students often refer to Kerala Syllabus SSLC History Notes Malayalam Medium Pdf and Class 10 History Chapter 1 Notes Question Answer Malayalam Medium മാനവികത that include all exercises in the prescribed syllabus.

Class 10 History Chapter 1 Notes Malayalam Medium

Kerala Syllabus Class 10 Social Science History Chapter 1 Notes Question Answer Malayalam Medium

10th Class History Chapter 1 Notes Malayalam Medium

Question 1.
മധ്യകാലഘട്ടത്തിൽ നിന്നും ആധുനിക കാലഘട്ടത്തിലേക്കുള്ള സംക്രമണ കാലമായിരുന്നു നവോത്ഥാ നകാലം. ഈ പ്രസ്താവന വിലയിരുത്തുക.
Answer:

  • പതിനാലാം നൂറ്റാണ്ടോടെ യൂറോപ്പിലെ സാമൂഹിക, സാംസ്കാരിക, സാമ്പത്തിക, രാഷ്ട്രീയ രംഗങ്ങ ളിൽ ചില മാറ്റങ്ങൾ സംഭവിച്ചു.
  • മധ്യകാലത്ത് നിലനിന്നിരുന്ന ആശയങ്ങളിൽ നിന്നും വഴിപിരിയാനുള്ള പ്രവണതയും ഇക്കാലത്ത് ശക്തിപ്പെട്ടു.
  • ഇറ്റലിയിലായിരുന്നു ഈ മാറ്റങ്ങൾ കൂടുതൽ പ്രകടമായത്.
  • ഈ മാറ്റങ്ങൾക്ക് ചരിത്രകാരന്മാർ നവോത്ഥാനം എന്ന പേര് നൽകി.
  • മധ്യകാല ഫ്യൂഡൽ വ്യവസ്ഥയിൽ നിന്നും ആധുനിക കാലഘട്ടത്തിലേക്കുള്ള മാറ്റത്തിന്റെ കാലമായി നവോത്ഥാനം ചരിത്രത്തിൽ ഇടംനേടി.

Question 2.
ഇറ്റാലിയൻ നഗരങ്ങൾ മറ്റ് യൂറോപ്യൻ നഗരങ്ങളെ അപേക്ഷിച്ച് കൂടുതൽ സമ്പന്നമായിരുന്നു. ഇതി ലേക്ക് നയിച്ച സാഹചര്യം വിശദീകരിക്കുക.
Answer:

  • ഇറ്റാലിയൻ നഗരങ്ങൾ കൂടുതൽ സ്വതന്ത്രവും സമ്പന്നവും ഊർജ്ജസ്വലവും ആയിരുന്നു.
  • നഗരങ്ങളിലെ വ്യാപാരികളിൽ നിരവധിപേർ വാണിജ്യത്തിലൂടെ അതിസമ്പന്നരായി മാറിയിരുന്നു.
  • മധ്യകാലത്ത് നടന്ന കുരിശ് യുദ്ധങ്ങളുടെ ഫലമായി കിഴക്കൻ ലോകത്തെ സംസ്കാരങ്ങൾ, നഗര ങ്ങൾ, ജനജീവിതം തുടങ്ങിയവയുമായി ഇറ്റാലിയൻ നഗരങ്ങൾ പരിചയത്തിലായി.
  • ഇസ്ലാമിക സാമ്രാജ്യം, ബൈസന്റൈൻ (കിഴക്കൻ റോമൻ സാമ്രാജ്യം എന്നിവയുമായി സ്ഥാപിച്ച വാണിജ്യ ബന്ധത്തിലൂടെ വൻതോതിൽ സമ്പത്ത് ഇറ്റാലിയൻ നഗരങ്ങളിലേക്ക് ഒഴുകി.

Question 3.
തന്നിട്ടുള്ള ഭൂപടം 1.1 നിരീക്ഷിക്കൂ. അതിൽ നിന്നും മധ്യകാല ഇറ്റലിയിൽ നിലനിന്നിരുന്ന ആ നഗരങ്ങളെ കണ്ടെത്തി എഴുതു.
SSLC History Chapter 1 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium മാനവികത 1
Answer:

  • ഫ്ളോറൻസ്
  • ജെനോവ
  • വെനീസ്
  • പിസ
  • പാരമ
  • നേപ്പിൾസ്
  • ബൊളോണ
  • മിലാൻ
  • റോം

SSLC History Chapter 1 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium മാനവികത

Question 4.
പതിനാലാം നൂറ്റാണ്ടിൽ പൊട്ടിപ്പുറപ്പെട്ട പ്ലേഗ് യൂറോപ്പിന്റെ വിവിധ മേഖലകളിൽ ഉണ്ടാക്കിയ മാറ്റങ്ങൾ ചർച്ച ചെയ്യുക.
Answer:

  • പതിനാലാം നൂറ്റാണ്ടിന്റെ മധ്യത്തിൽ പൊട്ടി പുറപ്പെട്ട ബബോണിക് പ്ലേഗ് എന്ന മഹാ മാരി ഇറ്റാലിയൻ നഗരങ്ങളെ സാരമായി ബാധിച്ചു.
  • ‘ബ്ലാക്ക് ഡെത്ത്’ എന്നറിയപ്പെടുന്ന ഈ ദുര ന്തത്തിൽ വൻതോതിൽ ജനങ്ങൾ മരണപ്പെ ട്ടത് തൊഴിലാളികളുടെ ലഭ്യതയിൽ കുറവു ണ്ടാക്കി.
  • ഇത് ഫ്യൂഡൽ വ്യവസ്ഥയുടെ തകർച്ചയ്ക്കും വാണിജ്യ കേന്ദ്രീകൃതമായ മധ്യവർഗത്തിന്റെ വളർച്ചയ്ക്കും വഴിയൊരുക്കി.
  • ജനങ്ങൾ പ്രാചീന ഗ്രീസിലേയും റോമി ലേയും വൈദ്യശാസ്ത്രത്തെക്കുറിച്ച് കൂടു തൽ പഠിക്കാൻ തുടങ്ങി.
  • മനുഷ്യൻ ജീവിതത്തിന്റെ നൈമിഷികത യെയും അനിശ്ചിതത്വത്തെയും കുറിച്ച് ചിന്തി ക്കാനും സുഖങ്ങളെക്കുറിച്ചന്വേഷിക്കാനും ചിന്തിക്കാനും തുടങ്ങി. ഇത് മാനവികതയി ലേക്ക് വഴി തുറന്നു.

Question 5.
ഭൂപടം 1.2 നിരീക്ഷിച്ച് കോൺസ്റ്റാന്റിനോപ്പിളിന്റെ സ്ഥാനം കണ്ടെത്തുക. അതിന്റെ ഭൂമിശാസ്ത്രപ രമായ പ്രാധാന്യം ചർച്ച ചെയ്യുക.
SSLC History Chapter 1 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium മാനവികത 2
Answer:

  • ഏഷ്യയ്ക്കും യൂറോപ്പിനും ഇടയ്ക്കാണ് കോൺസ്റ്റാന്റിനോപ്പിൾ സ്ഥിതിചെയ്യുന്നത്.
  • ബോസ്ഫോറസ് കടലിടുക്കിൽ സ്ഥിതി ചെയ്യുന്നു.
  • പ്രകൃതിദത്തമായ നിരവധി തുറമുഖങ്ങൾ കൊണ്ട് സമ്പന്നം.
  • കിഴക്കും പടിഞ്ഞാറും തമ്മിലുള്ള വ്യാപാര ത്തിന്റെ കേന്ദ്രം.

Question 6.
തുർക്കികളുടെ കോൺസ്റ്റാന്റിനോപ്പിൾ ആക മണം ഇറ്റലിയുടെ വൈജ്ഞാനിക മേഖലയെ സ്വാധീനിച്ചതെങ്ങനെയെന്ന് വിലയിരുത്തുക.
Answer:

  • 1453-ൽ തുർക്കികൾ കോൺസ്റ്റാന്റിനോപ്പിൾ ആക്രമിച്ചു.
  • പ്രാചീന ഗക്കോ-റോമൻ സാഹിത്യകൃതി കളുടെ കൈയെഴുത്തു പ്രതികൾ കൈവശ മുണ്ടായിരുന്ന പണ്ഡിതരുടെ കേന്ദ്രമായി രുന്നു കോൺസ്റ്റാന്റിനോപ്പിൾ.
  • തുർക്കികളുടെ ആക്രമണത്തെത്തുടർന്ന് അവർ തങ്ങളുടെ കൈവശമുള്ള കൈയെഴുത്ത് പ്രതികളു ‘മായി ഇറ്റാലിയൻ നഗരങ്ങളിലേക്ക് നീങ്ങി.
  • സാംസ്കാരിക രംഗത്തും വൈജ്ഞാനിക രംഗത്തും പുത്തൻ ആശയങ്ങൾ പ്രകടമാകാൻ തുടങ്ങി.

Question 7.
മാനവികതയുടെ കടന്നുവരവ് ലോകചരിത്രത്തെ സ്വാധീനിച്ചതെങ്ങനെ?
Answer:
മനുഷ്യനും ഇഹലോകത്തിലും യുക്തിചിന്തയ്ക്കും പ്രാധാന്യം നൽകിക്കൊണ്ടാണ് മാനവികത എന്ന ആശയം രൂപപ്പെട്ടത്. മനുഷ്യനിൽ അന്തർലീനമായ അനന്യത, വികാരങ്ങൾ, ശേഷികൾ, എഴുത്ത്, സംഭാ ഷണം എന്നിവയ്ക്ക് മാനവികതാവാദികൾ ഊന്നൽ നൽകി. ദൈവകേന്ദ്രീകൃതമായ വീക്ഷണത്തിലേക്കുള്ള പരിവർത്തനമായിരുന്നു ഇതിന്റെ അടിസ്ഥാനം. വിയോജിപ്പികൾക്കും വിമർശനങ്ങൾക്കും മാനവികതയിൽ സ്ഥാനം ലഭിച്ചു. അവർ മതത്തിന്റെ ആധിപത്യത്തെ ചോദ്യം ചെയ്തു. മാനവികതാവാദികൾ പ്രാദേശിക ഭാഷയിൽ കൃതികൾ രചിക്കുകയും ഗ്രെക്കോ-റോമൻ ശൈലിയിൽ ചിത്രങ്ങൾ വരയ്ക്കുകയും ശില്പ ങ്ങൾ നിർമ്മിക്കുകയും ചെയ്തു.

Question 8.
തന്നിട്ടുള്ള ചിത്രങ്ങൾ നിരീക്ഷിച്ച് നവോത്ഥാന ചിത്രകലയുടെ ഏതെല്ലാം സവിശേഷതകൾ അവയിൽ പ്രതിഫലിക്കുന്നുവെന്ന് കണ്ടെത്തുക.
SSLC History Chapter 1 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium മാനവികത 3
SSLC History Chapter 1 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium മാനവികത 4
Answer:

  • ഭൂദൃശ്യങ്ങൾ
  • വർണ്ണങ്ങൾ കൊണ്ട് പ്രകാശത്തെയും അക ലത്തെയും ചിത്രീകരിക്കൽ
  • ആദർശവൽക്കരിക്കപ്പെട്ട മനുഷ്യരൂപത്തി ലുള്ള ദൈവത്തിന്റെ ചിത്രീകരണം.
  • എണ്ണച്ഛായത്തിന്റെ ഉപയോഗം
  • മനുഷ്യശരീരത്തിന്റെ യഥാർത്ഥ ചിത്രീകരണം.

SSLC History Chapter 1 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium മാനവികത

Question 9.
നവോത്ഥാന ചിത്രകലയുടെ സവിശേഷതകൾ ചർച്ച ചെയ്ത് കുറിപ്പ് തയ്യാറാക്കുക.
Answer:

  • ഭൂദൃശ്യങ്ങൾ
  • എണ്ണച്ഛായം
  • വർണ്ണങ്ങൾ കൊണ്ട് പ്രകാശത്തെയും അക ലത്തെയും ചിത്രീകരിക്കൽ
  • മനുഷ്യശരീരത്തിന്റെ യഥാർത്ഥ ചിത്രീകരണം.
  • ഛായാചിത്രങ്ങൾ
  • മനുഷ്യരൂപത്തിലുള്ള ദൈവത്തിന്റെ ചിത്രീ കരണം.

Question 10.
നവോത്ഥാന ചിത്രകലയുടെയും ശില്പകലയു ടേയും പൊതുസവിശേഷതകൾ കണ്ടെത്തി പട്ടി കപ്പെടുത്തുക.
Answer:

  • മാനവികത
  • മതേതര മൂല്യങ്ങൾ
  • ഗ്രെക്കോ റോമൻ സ്വാധീനം
  • ഗ്രെക്കോ റോമൻ ശൈലിയിൽ നിന്നും വഴി മാറി സഞ്ചരിക്കൽ
  • ഊർജ്ജവും വ്യക്തിത്വവുമുള്ള കഥാപാത്ര ങ്ങൾ

Question 11.
നവോത്ഥാനകാലയിൽ മാനവികതയുടെ സ്വാധീനം വ്യക്തമാക്കുന്ന ഒരു ഡിജിറ്റൽ ആൽബം തയ്യാറാക്കുക.
Answer:
(സൂചനകൾ)
SSLC History Chapter 1 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium മാനവികത 5

Question 12.
“ഓരോ രാജാവും ‘ക്രൂരതയില്ലാത്ത കരു നാർദൻ’ എന്ന സൽപ്പേര് ആഗ്രഹിക്കണം. അതേസമയം ആ കരുണ മറ്റാരും ദുരുപയോഗം ചെയ്യാതിരിക്കാനും അദ്ദേഹം ശ്രദ്ധിക്കണം. അതി നാൽ, തന്റെ ജനങ്ങൾക്കിടയിൽ ഐക്യവും വിശ്വസ്തയും നില നിർത്തുന്ന തിനു വേണ്ടി ക്രൂരൻ എന്ന പേര് കേൾക്കേണ്ടി വന്നാലും അത് ഒരു രാജാവ് വകവയ്ക്കേണ്ടതില്ല.”

രാജാവിനെക്കുറിച്ചുള്ള മാക്യവെല്ലിയുടെ കാഴ്ച പാടാണ് മുകളിൽ നൽകിയിരിക്കുന്നത്. ഇതിനെ അടിസ്ഥാനമാക്കി രാജവാഴ്ചയെ സംബന്ധിച്ച മാക്യവെല്ലി മുന്നോട്ട് വയ്ക്കുന്ന ആശയങ്ങൾ എന്തെല്ലാമെന്ന് ചർച്ച ചെയ്യുക. ഇതിൽ മാനവി കത എത്രത്തോളം പ്രതിഫലിക്കുന്നു എന്ന് കണ്ടെത്തുക.
Answer:

  • ഓരോ രാജാവും സമാധാനപ്രിയനായിരി ക്കണം.
  • അതേസമയം രാജാവിന്റെ കരുണയെ ജന ങ്ങൾ ദുരുപയോഗം ചെയ്യാനും പാടില്ല.
  • ജനങ്ങൾ ദുരുപയോഗം ചെയ്യാനും പാടില്ല.
  • ജനങ്ങൾക്കിടയിൽ ഐക്യവും വിശ്വസ്ത തയും നിലനിർത്താൻ രാജാവിന് കഴിയണം.
  • അതിന് വേണ്ടിയുള്ള ശ്രമത്തിൽ രാജാവ് ക്രൂരൻ എന്ന പേര് കേൾക്കേണ്ടി വന്നാലും അത് രാജാവ് വകവയ്ക്കേണ്ടതില്ല.

Question 13.
അച്ചടിയന്ത്രത്തിന്റെ കണ്ടുപിടിത്തം അന്നത്തെ സമൂഹത്തെ എങ്ങനെയെല്ലാം സ്വാധീനിച്ചിട്ടു ണ്ടാകാം?
Answer:

  • അറിവിന്റെ വ്യാപനം
  • സാക്ഷരതയിലുണ്ടായ പുരോഗതി
  • മാനവിക ആശയങ്ങളുടെ വ്യാപനം
  • നവീകരണത്തിന്റെ ഉദയം

Question 14.
മാനവികതയും നവോത്ഥാനകാല സാഹിത്യവും എന്ന വിഷയത്തിൽ ഒരു ഉപന്യാസം തയ്യാറാ ക്കുക.
Answer:

  • നവോത്ഥാന സാഹിത്യകാരന്മാർ വ്യക്തി സ്വാതന്ത്ര്യത്തിനും മതേതര മൂല്യങ്ങൾക്കും പ്രാധാന്യം നൽകി.
  • പ്രാദേശിക ഭാഷകളിൽ രചന നടത്തി.
  • ഗദ്യസാഹിത്യം
  • മനുഷ്യസ്നേഹം, രാജ്യസ്നേഹം, പ്രകൃതി പ്രതിഭാസങ്ങളോടുള്ള താൽപര്യം, സ്വത ന്തവും ഏകീകൃതവുമായ ഇറ്റലിക്കു വേണ്ടി യുള്ള മോഹങ്ങൾ എന്നിവ ദാന്തെയുടെ കൃതികളിൽ പ്രതിഫലിച്ചിരുന്നു.
  • മാനവികതയുടെ പ്രചാരകരിലൊരാളായ പെടാർക്ക് ലോറയ്ക്കെഴുതിക പ്രണയഗീത ങ്ങൾ ധീരവും വേറിട്ട ശൈലിയിലുമുള്ളതാ യിരുന്നു.
  • മധ്യകാലത്തെ ഫ്യൂഡൽ ഭരണാധികാരിക ളിൽ നിന്നും വ്യത്യസ്തനായ ഒരു ഭരണാധി കാരിയെയാണ് മാക്യവെല്ലി തന്റെ “ദി പ്രിൻസ്’ എന്ന കൃതിയിൽ ചിത്രീകരിച്ചത്.
  • മാനവികതയുടെ പ്രാധാന്യം തിരിച്ചറിഞ്ഞ എഴുത്തുകാരിയായിരുന്നു കാൻഫെ ഡെലെ.
  • അച്ചടിയന്ത്രത്തിന്റെ കണ്ടുപിടിത്തം വായന വ്യാപകമാക്കി.

Question 15.
ചരിത്രരചനയെ ശാസ്ത്രീയമാക്കുന്നതിൽ നവോ സ്ഥാനം വഹിച്ച പങ്ക് വ്യക്തമാക്കുക.
Answer:
ചരിത്രത്തെ പ്രാചീനകാലം, മധ്യകാലം, ആധുനി കകാലം എന്നിങ്ങനെ വിഭജിക്കുന്ന രീതി നവോ ത്ഥാന കാലത്താണ് നിലവിൽ വന്നത്. മധ്യകാല ക്രൈസ്തവ പാരമ്പര്യത്തിൽ നിന്നും മതേതര ജീവിതത്തിലേക്കും ചിന്തയിലേക്കുമുള്ള മാറ്റം നവോത്ഥാന കാലത്ത് ചരിത്രരചനയിൽ പ്രതിഫ ലിച്ചു. മനുഷ്യകേന്ദ്രീകൃതമായ ചരിത്ര വ്യാഖ്യാ നങ്ങൾക്ക് അംഗീകാരം ലഭിക്കാൻ തുടങ്ങി. പുരാ വസ്തു തെളിവുകൾക്കും, ശേഷിപ്പുകൾക്കും ചരിത്ര രചനയിൽ സുപ്രധാനമായ സ്ഥാനം ലഭി ച്ചു. ചരിത്രകാരന്മാർ ചരിത്രരചനയിൽ ലിഖി തങ്ങൾ, നാണയങ്ങൾ, പ്രാചീന കൈയെഴുത്തു പ്രതികൾ തുടങ്ങിയവയ്ക്ക് സവിശേഷ സ്ഥാനം നൽകി. വിമർശനങ്ങൾക്ക് സ്ഥാനം ലഭിച്ചു. കഥ കളുടെയും മിത്തുകളുടെയും സ്ഥാനം ശാസ്ത്രീ യമായ അന്വേഷണങ്ങളും പഠനങ്ങളും കൈയ്യ ടക്കി.

Question 16.
ആധുനിക സമൂഹത്തിന്റെ വളർച്ചയ്ക്ക് നവോ സ്ഥാന കാലഘട്ടത്തിലെ ശാസ്ത്രം നൽകിയ സംഭാവനയെക്കുറിച്ച് ഒരു പാനൽ ചർച്ച സംഘ ടിപ്പിക്കുക.
Answer:
നവോത്ഥാനം ആധുനിക ശാസ്ത്രത്തിന്റെ വളർച്ചയ്ക്ക് അടിത്തറയിട്ടു. പ്രപഞ്ചത്തിന്റെ ചല നങ്ങളെ നിയന്ത്രിക്കുന്നത് ഭൗതിക ശക്തികളാണ് എന്ന കാഴ്ചപ്പാട് ശാസ്ത്രജ്ഞർ മുന്നോട്ടു വച്ചു. ടോളമിയുടെ സിദ്ധാന്തത്തെ വെല്ലുവിളിച്ച കോപ്പർ നിക്കസ് പ്രപഞ്ചത്തിന്റെ കേന്ദ്രം ഭൂമിയല്ല സൂര്യ നാണെന്ന് വാദിച്ചു. സൂര്യനിൽ നിന്നുള്ള അകല ത്തിനനു സരിച്ച് ഗ്രഹങ്ങളുടെ വേഗതയിൽ വ്യത്യാസം വരുന്നുവെന്ന് ജോഹന്നാസ് കെപ്ലർ കണ്ടെത്തി. ഇത് ഐസക് ന്യൂട്ടൻ ഗുരുത്വാകർഷ ണസിദ്ധാന്തം ആവിഷ്ക്കരിക്കുന്നതിനെ ശക്ത മായി സ്വാധീനിച്ചു. ഗലീലിയോ ഗലീലി താൻ നിർമ്മിച്ച ദൂരദർശിനിയുടെ സഹായത്താൽ വ്യാഴ ത്തിന്റെ ഉപഗ്രഹങ്ങൾ, ശനിയുടെ വലയങ്ങൾ എന്നിവ കണ്ടെത്തി. പാരസെൽസ് രോഗങ്ങ ളുടെ കാരണങ്ങൾ അന്വേഷിക്കുകയും അവ യുടെ പ്രതിവിധികൾ കണ്ടെത്താൻ ശ്രമിക്കു കയും ചെയ്തു.

SSLC History Chapter 1 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium മാനവികത

Question 17.
മാനവികതയുടെ സ്വാധീനം മതനവീകരണത്തിന് കാരണമായി. ഈ പ്രസ്താവന സാധൂകരിക്കുക.
Answer:
നവോത്ഥാനത്തിന്റെ സ്വാധീനം യൂറോപ്പിന്റെ മത രംഗത്തും പ്രതിഫലിച്ചു. ഇറാസ്മസിനെ പോലുള്ള മാനവികതാവാദികൾ രചിച്ച ആക്ഷേപ ഹാസ്യകൃതികളും ജോൺ ഹസ്സ്, സവോനറോള തുടങ്ങിയവരുടെ വിമർശനങ്ങളും കത്തോലിക്ക സഭയിൽ നിലനിന്നിരുന്ന ചില പ്രവണതകൾക്കും വിമർശനങ്ങൾക്കും എതിരായി പ്രതിഷേധങ്ങൾ രൂപംകൊള്ളുന്നതിന് പശ്ചാത്തലമൊരുക്കി. പാപ വിമോചന പത്രത്തിന്റെ വില്പനയായിരുന്നു അക്കാലത്ത് ഏറ്റവും കൂടുതൽ പ്രതിഷേധം ക്ഷണിച്ചു വരുത്തിയത്. ഇതിൽ പ്രതിഷേധിച്ച് ജർമ്മനിയിലെ വിറ്റൻബർഗ് ദേവാലയത്തിന്റെ വാതിലിൽ 1517-ൽ മാർട്ടിൻ ലൂഥർ എന്ന പുരോ ഹിതൻ തന്റെ 95 പ്രബന്ധങ്ങൾ’ പതിപ്പിച്ചു. ഇത് പ്രൊട്ടസ്റ്റന്റ് പ്രസ്ഥാനം എന്ന മതനവീകരണ പ്രസ്ഥാനത്തിന്റെ ആരംഭമായി കണക്കാക്കുന്നു. ജർമ്മനിയിലെ സർവകലാശാലകളും മതനവീക രണത്തന് പശ്ചാത്തലമൊരുക്കി. ജർമ്മനിയിൽ ആരംഭിച്ച മതനവീകരണം മറ്റ് യൂറോപ്യൻ രാജ്യ ങ്ങളിലേക്ക് വ്യാപിച്ചു.

Question 18.
മതനവീകരണവും പ്രതിമതനവീകരണവും തമ്മി ലുള്ള വ്യത്യാസം കണ്ടെത്തി എഴുതുക.
Answer:

  • കത്തോലിക്ക സഭയിൽ നിലനിന്ന ചില പ്രവ ണതകൾക്കും വിശ്വാസങ്ങൾക്കും എതിരായി രൂപംകൊണ്ട പ്രതിഷേധ പ്രസ്ഥാനമാണ് മത നവീകരണം.
  • മതനവീകരണത്തെ തുടർന്ന് കത്തോലിക്കാ സഭ സ്വയം നവീകരിക്കാനുള്ള ശ്രമങ്ങൾ ആരംഭിച്ചു. ഇത് പ്രതിമത നവീകരണം എന്ന റിയപ്പെടുന്നു.

Std 10 History Chapter 1 Notes Malayalam Medium – Extended Activities

Question 1.
നവോത്ഥാനകാലത്തെ കല, സാഹിത്യം എന്നീ രംഗങ്ങളിലെ സംഭാവനകൾ ഉൾപ്പെടുത്തി ഒരു ഫ്ളിപ്പ് മാഗസിൻ തയ്യാറാക്കി ക്ലാസിൽ പ്രദർശിപ്പിക്കുക.
Answer:
(സൂചനകൾ)
നവോത്ഥാന കലയെയും സാഹിത്യത്തെയും കുറിച്ചുള്ള ഒരു ഫ്ളിപ്പ് മാഗസിൻ തയ്യാറാക്കുന്നതിനുള്ള ഘട്ടങ്ങൾ

കവർ പേജ്:
തലക്കെട്ട്: ‘നവോത്ഥാനം: കലയുടെയും സാഹിത്യത്തിന്റെയും സുവർണ്ണ കാലഘട്ടം ആ കാലഘട്ടത്തിലെ പ്രശസ്ത ചിത്രങ്ങളുടെയും പുസ്തകങ്ങളുടെയും വർണ്ണാഭമായ ചിത്രങ്ങൾ ചേർക്കുക.

കലാവിഭാഗം:
നവോത്ഥാന കലയുടെ യാഥാർത്ഥ്യം, മനുഷ്യ വികാരങ്ങൾ, കാഴ്ചപ്പാട് എന്നിവയിൽ എങ്ങനെ ശ്രദ്ധ കേന്ദ്രീകരിച്ചുവെന്ന് വിശദീകരിക്കുക. പ്രശസ്ത കലാകാരന്മാരും അവരുടെ കൃതികളും കൂട്ടിചേർക്കുക.

സാഹിത്യ വിഭാഗം: നവോത്ഥാന സാഹിത്യം മതത്തിൽ നിന്ന് മാനവിക വിഷയങ്ങളിലേക്ക് മാറിയതിനെ കുറിച്ച് ഒരു കുറിപ്പ് തയ്യാറാക്കുക.

ഉപസംഹാരം: നവോത്ഥാന കലയും സാഹിത്യവും ആധുനിക സംസ്കാരത്ത എങ്ങനെ സ്വാധീനിച്ചുവെന്ന് വിശദീകരിക്കുക. വായനക്കാരെ ആകർഷിക്കാൻ രസകരമായ വസ്തുതയോ ക്വിസാ ചേർക്കുക.

അവതരണം:

  • വർണ്ണാഭമായ ചാർട്ടുകൾ, ചിത്രങ്ങൾ, അടിക്കുറിപ്പുകൾ എന്നിവ ഉപയോഗിക്കുക.
  • എളുപ്പത്തിൽ വായിക്കാൻ ഫ്ളിപ്പ് പേജുകൾ ഉപയോഗിച്ച് ഉള്ളടക്കം ഭംഗിയായി ക്രമീകരിക്കുക.
  • എല്ലാവർക്കും പര്യവേക്ഷണം ചെയ്യുന്നതി നായി ക്ലാസ് മുറിയിൽ അത് പ്രദർശിപ്പിക്കുക.

Question 2.
നവോത്ഥാനകാലത്ത് ശാസ്ത്രരംഗത്തുണ്ടായ കണ്ടുപിടിത്തങ്ങളും സമകാലിക ലോകവും എന്ന വിഷയത്തിൽ ഒരു പോസ്റ്റർ പ്രദർശനം സംഘടിപ്പിക്കുക.
Answer:
(സൂചനകൾ നൽകിയിരിക്കുന്ന ചിത്രങ്ങൾ ശേഖരിച്ച് ഒരു പോസ്റ്റർ പ്രദർശനം തയ്യാറാക്കുക) നവോത്ഥാന കാലഘട്ടത്തിലെ കണ്ടുപിടുത്ത ങ്ങൾ

  • പ്രിന്റിംഗ് പ്രസ്സ് – ജോഹന്നാസ് ഗുട്ടൻബർ ഗിന്റെ പ്രിന്റിംഗ് പ്രസിന്റെ ചിത്രം (അറിവ് പ്രചരിപ്പിക്കാൻ സഹായിച്ചു).
  • സൂര്യകേന്ദ്രീകൃത മാതൃക – കോപ്പർനിക്ക് സിന്റെ സൗരയൂഥ മാതൃകയുടെ രേഖാചിത്രം (മധ്യത്തിൽ സൂര്യൻ).
  • ദൂരദർശിനി – ഗലീലിയോ ഗലീലിയുടെയും അദ്ദേഹത്തിന്റെ ദൂരദർശിനിയുടെയും ചിത്രം (ഗ്രഹങ്ങളെ നിരീക്ഷിക്കാൻ ഉപയോഗിച്ചു).
  • ശരീരഘടന പഠനങ്ങൾ ലിയോനാർഡോ ഡാവിഞ്ചിയുടെ മനുഷ്യ ശരീരഘടനാ രേഖാചിത്രങ്ങൾ. സമകാലിക ലോക കണ്ടുപിടുത്തങ്ങൾ
  • ഡിഎൻഎ ഘടന – വാട്സൺ & ക്രിക്കിന്റെ ഇരട്ടഹെലിക്സ് മോഡൽ.
  • ആധുനിക പ്രിന്റിംഗ് – ഡിജിറ്റൽ പ്രിന്റിംഗ് പ്രസ്സ് vs. ഗുട്ടൻബർഗിന്റെ പ്രസ്സ്.
  • മെഡിക്കൽ പുരോഗതികൾ – എം.ആർ.ഐ, എക്സ്റേ മെഷീനുകൾ, അല്ലെങ്കിൽ റോബോട്ടിക് സർജറി.

Question 3.
യൂറോപ്പിലെ മത നവീകരണത്തെപ്പോലെ ഒരു പ്രതിഷേധ പ്രസ്ഥാനമായിരുന്നു ഇന്ത്യയിലെ ഭക്തിപ്രസ്ഥാനവും. ഇവ തമ്മിലുള്ള സാമ്യവ്യത്യാസങ്ങൾ ചർച്ചചെയ്ത് കുറിപ്പ് തയ്യാറാക്കുക.
Answer:

ഭക്തി പ്രസ്ഥാനം (ഇന്ത്യ) മതനവീകരണം (യൂറോപ്പ്)
കാലയളവ് 7-ാം നൂറ്റാണ്ട് 16-ാം നൂറ്റാണ്ട്
പ്രധാന കാരണങ്ങൾ ജാതി വിവേചനത്തെയും വിഗ്രഹാരാധനയെയും എതിർത്തു സഭയുടെ അഴിമതിയെയും ലഹരിവസ്തുക്കളുടെ വിൽപ്പനയെയും എതിർത്തു.
പ്രധാന നേതാക്കൾ കബീർ, മീരാഭായ്, ഗുരു നാനാക്ക്, തുളസീദാസ് മാർട്ടിൻ ലൂഥർ, ജോൺ കാൽവിൻ, ഹെൻറി എട്ടാമൻ

Question 4.
നവോത്ഥാനം, മതനവീകരണം എന്നിവ പ്രചരിച്ചിരുന്ന പ്രധാന യൂറോപ്യൻ രാജ്യങ്ങൾ ലോക ഭൂപടത്തിൽ രേഖപ്പെടുത്തി ഡിജിറ്റൽ അറ്റ്ലസ് തയ്യാറാക്കുക.
Answer:
SSLC History Chapter 1 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium മാനവികത 6

SSLC History Chapter 1 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium

  • പതിനാലാം നൂറ്റാണ്ടോടെ യൂറോപ്പിലെ സാമൂഹിക, സാംസ്കാരിക, സാമ്പത്തിക, രാഷ്ട്രീയ രംഗങ്ങളിൽ ചില മാറ്റങ്ങൾ സംഭവിച്ചു.
  • ഇറ്റലിയിലായിരുന്നു ഈ മാറ്റങ്ങൾ കൂടുതൽ പ്രകടമായത്.
  • ഇറ്റലിയിൽ ആവിർഭവിച്ച ഈ മാറ്റങ്ങൾക്ക് ചരിത്രകാരന്മാർ നവോത്ഥാനം എന്ന് പേര് നൽകി.
  • ഇറ്റലിയിലെ നഗരങ്ങൾ യൂറോപ്പിലെ മറ്റ് നഗരങ്ങളിൽ നിന്നും വ്യത്യസ്തമായിരുന്നു.
  • മധ്യകാലത്ത് നടന്ന കുരിശ് യുദ്ധങ്ങൾ കിഴക്കും പടിഞ്ഞാറും തമ്മിലുള്ള സാംസ്കാരിക വിനിമയത്തിന് വഴി തെളിച്ചു.
  • മധ്യകാലലോകത്തെ പ്രധാനമായും സ്വാധീനിച്ചിരുന്നത് സ്കൊളാസ്റ്റിസിസം എന്നറിപ്പെട്ട തത്വശാസ്ത്രമാ യിരുന്നു.
  • ലിയനാർഡൊ ഡാവിഞ്ചി, മൈക്കലാഞ്ചലോ, ജിയോട്ടോ, ടിഷ്യൻ, റാഫേൽ എന്നിവരായിരുന്നു നവോ ത്ഥാന കാലത്തെ ശ്രദ്ധേയരായ ചിത്രകാരന്മാർ.
  • നവോത്ഥാന കാലത്തെ ശ്രദ്ധേയരായ ശില്പികളിൽ ഒരാളായ ഡൊണാടല്ലൊ മധ്യകാല ഗോഥിക് ശൈലി യിൽ നിന്നും ശില്പകലയെ മോചിപ്പിച്ചു.
  • മനുഷ്യരൂപത്തിൽ ദൈവത്തെ അവതരിപ്പിക്കുന്ന മൈക്കലാഞ്ചലോയുടെ ശില്പങ്ങൾ പ്രാചീന ഗ്രെക്കോ -റോമൻ ശൈലിയിൽ നിന്നും വഴിമാറി സഞ്ചരിച്ചു.
  • നവോത്ഥാന സാഹിത്യകാരന്മാർ വ്യക്തി സ്വതന്ത്ര്യത്തിനും മതേതര മൂല്യങ്ങൾക്കും പ്രാധാന്യം നൽകി.
  • പ്രാദേശിക ഭാഷയിലാണ് മിക്ക നവോത്ഥാന സാഹിത്യകാരന്മാരും രചനകൾ നടത്തിയത്.
  • ഗദ്യസാഹിത്യത്തിന് കൂടുതൽ പ്രാധാന്യം ലഭിച്ചു.
  • യൂറോപ്പിൽ ആദ്യത്തെ അച്ചടിശാല സ്ഥാപിച്ചത് ജൊഹാനസ് ഗുട്ടൻബർഗ് ആയിരുന്നു.
  • മധ്യകാല ക്രൈസ്തവ പാരമ്പര്യത്തിൽ നിന്നും മതേതര ജീവിതത്തിലേക്കും, ചിന്തയിലേക്കുമുള്ള മാറ്റം ചരിത്രരചനയിലും പ്രതിഫലിച്ചു.
  • പുരാവസ്തു തെളിവുകൾക്കും ശേഷിപ്പുകൾക്കും ചരിത്രരചനയിൽ സുപ്രധാനമായ സ്ഥാനം ലഭിച്ചു.
  • നവോത്ഥാനം ആധുനിക ശാസ്ത്രത്തിന്റെ വളർച്ചയ്ക്ക് അടിത്തറയിട്ടു.
  • കത്തോലിക്ക സഭയിൽ നിലനിന്നിരുന്ന ചില വിശ്വാസങ്ങൾക്കും പ്രവണതകൾക്കും എതിരായി രൂപം കൊണ്ട് പ്രതിഷേധ പ്രസ്ഥാനം പ്രൊട്ടസ്റ്റന്റ് പ്രസ്ഥാനം എന്ന മതനവീകരണത്തിന് കാരണമായി.
  • മതനവീകരണത്തെ തുടർന്ന് കത്തോലിക്ക സഭയിൽ നടന്ന സ്വയം നവീകരണശ്രമങ്ങൾ പ്രതിമതനവീക രണം എന്നറിയപ്പെടുന്നു.
  • ട്രെന്റിലെ സമ്മേളനം, വിശ്വാസികൾ വായിക്കാൻ പാടില്ലാത്ത പുസ്തകങ്ങളുടെ പട്ടികയായ “ഇൻഡക ക്സ്, മതവിചാരണ കോടതി, ഇഗ്നേഷ്യസ് ലൊയോള സ്ഥാപിച്ച് സൊസൈറ്റി ഓഫ് ജീസസ് എന്നിവയി ലൂടെയാണ് പ്രതിമ നനവീകരണം നടപ്പിലാക്കിയത്.
  • ഇത് കത്തോലിക്ക മതനവീകരണം എന്നും അറിയപ്പെടുന്നു.

ആമുഖം

മധ്യകാലലോകത്തെ പൊതുവെ ഇരുണ്ട യുഗമെന്നാണല്ലോ വിശേഷിപ്പിക്കുന്നത്. ഇരുണ്ട ലോകത്ത് നിന്നും ആധുനികലോകത്തിലേക്കുള്ള മാറ്റത്തിന് കാരണമായ അനേകഘടകങ്ങളുണ്ട്. ദൈവകേന്ദ്രീകൃതമായ കാഴ്ച പാടാണ് മധ്യകാലലോകത്ത് നിലനിന്നത്. അതിൽ നിന്നും മനുഷ്യകേന്ദ്രീകൃതമായ ആധുനികലോകത്തിലേ ക്കുള്ള മാറ്റത്തിന് തുടക്കം കുറിച്ച സംഭവമായിരുന്നു നവോത്ഥാനം. ഇറ്റലിയിൽ ആവിർഭവിച്ച നവോത്ഥാനം ക്രമേണ മറ്റ് യൂറോപ്യൻ രാജ്യങ്ങളിലേക്ക് വ്യാപിച്ചു. മനുഷ്യജീവിതത്തിന്റെ സമസ്ത മേഖലകളേയും ഇത് സ്വാധീനിച്ചു. നവോത്ഥാനവും അതിന്റെ പ്രധാന സവിശേഷതയായ മാനവികതയും, കല, സാഹിത്യം, ചരിത്രം, രാഷ്ട്രീയം, ശാസ്ത്രം, മതം എന്നീ മേഖലകളെ എങ്ങനെയെല്ലാം സ്വാധീനിച്ചു എന്നാണ് ഈ അധ്യായം ചർച്ച ചെയ്യുന്നത്.

SSLC History Chapter 1 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium മാനവികത

നവോത്ഥാനം

  • പതിനാലാം നൂറ്റാണ്ടോടെ യൂറോപ്പിലെ സാമൂഹിക, സാംസ്കാരിക, സാമ്പത്തിക, രാഷ്ട്രീയ രംഗങ്ങളിൽ ചില മാറ്റങ്ങൾ സംഭവിച്ചു.
  • ഇറ്റലിയിലായിരുന്നു ഈ മാറ്റങ്ങൾ കൂടുതൽ പ്രകടമായത്.
  • ഇറ്റലിയിൽ ആവിർഭവിച്ച ഈ മാറ്റങ്ങൾക്ക് ചരിത്രകാരന്മാർ നവോത്ഥാനം എന്ന് പേര് നൽകി.
  • ഫ്യൂഡൽ വ്യവസ്ഥയിൽ നിന്നും ആധുനികകാലഘട്ടത്തിലേക്കുള്ള മാറ്റത്തിന്റെ കാലമായിരുന്നു നവോ സ്ഥാനം.
  • ഇറ്റലിയിലെ നഗരങ്ങൾ യൂറോപ്പിലെ മറ്റ് നഗരങ്ങളിൽ നിന്നും വ്യത്യസ്തമായിരുന്നു.
  • പതിനൊന്നാം നൂറ്റാണ്ടോടെ യൂറോപ്പിൽ ഉണ്ടായ വാണിജ്യവൽക്കരണം മധ്യകാല ഫ്യൂഡൽ വ്യവസ്ഥ യുടെ തകർച്ചയ്ക്കും മതമേധാവിത്വത്തിന്റെ ശക്തി ക്ഷയിക്കുന്നതിനും കാരണമായി.
  • ഇത് സമ്പന്നരായ ഒരു വിഭാഗത്തിന്റേയും സമ്പന്നകുടുംബങ്ങളുടേയും ആവിർഭാവത്തിന് കാരണമായി.
  • മധ്യകാലത്ത് നടന്ന കുരിശ് യുദ്ധങ്ങൾ കിഴക്കും പടിഞ്ഞാറും തമ്മിലുള്ള സാംസ്കാരിക വിനിമയത്തിന് വഴി തെളിച്ചു.
  • പതിനാലാം നൂറ്റാണ്ടിന്റെ മധ്യത്തിൽ പൊട്ടിപ്പുറപ്പെട്ട ബബോണിക് പ്ലേഗിന്റെ ഭീകരത മനുഷ്യനെ ജീവി തത്തിന്റെ നൈമിഷികതയേയും അനിശ്ചിതത്വത്തെയും കുറിച്ച് ചിന്തിക്കാനും സുഖങ്ങളെക്കുറിച്ചന്വേഷി ക്കാനും പ്രേരിപ്പിച്ചു.
  • 1453-ൽ തുർക്കികൾ കോൺസ്റ്റാന്റിനോപ്പിൾ ആക്രമിച്ചതും നവോത്ഥാനത്തിന് വഴിയൊരുക്കി.

മനുഷ്യർ കേന്ദ്രമാകുന്നു

  • മധ്യകാലലോകത്തെ പ്രധാനമായും സ്വാധീനിച്ചിരുന്നത് സ്കൊളാസ്റ്റിസിസം എന്നറിപ്പെട്ട തത്വശാസ്ത്രമാ യിരുന്നു.
  • ഇതിൽ നിന്ന് മാറി മനുഷ്യനും ഇഹലോകത്തിനും യുക്തിചിന്തയ്ക്കും പ്രാധാന്യം നൽകിക്കൊണ്ടാണ് മാനവികത എന്ന ആശയം രൂപപ്പെട്ടത്.
  • മാനവികത പിൽക്കാലത്ത് ചിത്രകല, ശില്പകല, സാഹിത്യം, രാഷ്ട്രീയം, ചരിത്രം, ശാസ്ത്രം, മതം തുടങ്ങി വിവിധ മേഖലകളിൽ മാറ്റത്തിനുള്ള പ്രചോദനവും സ്രോതസ്സുമായി മാറി.

നവോത്ഥാനകല
SSLC History Chapter 1 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium മാനവികത 7

  • നവോത്ഥാന കാലത്ത് ചിത്രകല, ശില്പകല, വാസ്തുവിദ്യ എന്നീ മേഖലകളിൽ സവിശേ ഷമായ മാറ്റങ്ങൾ സംഭവിച്ചു.
  • ചിത്രകാരന്മാർ തങ്ങളുടെ ചിത്രങ്ങളിൽ മനു ഷ്യരൂപങ്ങളെ കൃത്യമായും വ്യക്തമായും സൂക്ഷ്മതയോടേയും അവതരിപ്പിച്ചു.
  • ലിയനാർഡൊ ഡാവിഞ്ചി, മൈക്കലാഞ്ചലോ, ജിയോട്ടോ, ടിഷ്യൻ, റാഫേൽ എന്നിവരായി രുന്നു നവോത്ഥാന കാലത്തെ ശ്രദ്ധേയരായ ചിത്രകാരന്മാർ.
  • നവോത്ഥാന കാലത്തെ ശ്രദ്ധേയരായ ശില്പികളിൽ ഒരാളായ ഡൊണാടെല്ലാ മധ്യകാല ഗോഥിക് ശൈലി യിൽ നിന്നും ശില്പകലയെ മോചിപ്പിച്ചു.
  • അദ്ദേഹം ശില്പങ്ങൾക്ക് കൂടുതൽ ഊർജവും വ്യക്തിത്വവും പകർന്നു.
  • മനുഷ്യരൂപത്തിൽ ദൈവത്തെ അവതരിപ്പിക്കുന്ന മൈക്കലാഞ്ചലോയുടെ ശില്പങ്ങൾ പ്രാചീന ഗ്രെക്കോ -റോമൻ ശൈലിയിൽ നിന്നും വഴിമാറി സഞ്ചരിച്ചു.
  • ഫിലിപ്പോ ബൂണലി വാസ്തുവിദ്യാരംഗത്ത് പുതിയ ശൈലിക്ക് തുടക്കം കുറിച്ചു.
  • ഗോഥിക് ശൈലിയിലെ ഉയർന്ന ഗോപുരങ്ങൾക്ക് പകരം താഴികക്കുടങ്ങളായിരുന്നു (ഡ്യൂ മോ) ഇവയ്ക്കു ണ്ടായിരുന്നത്.

നവോത്ഥാന സാഹിത്യം

  • നവോത്ഥാന സാഹിത്യകാരന്മാർ വ്യക്തി സ്വതന്ത്യത്തിനും മതേതര മൂല്യങ്ങൾക്കും പ്രാധാന്യം നൽകി.
  • സ്കൊളാസ്റ്റിസിസത്തിൽ നിന്നുള്ള മോചനമായിരുന്നു നവോത്ഥാന സാഹിത്യത്തിന്റെ അടിസ്ഥാന സവി ശേഷതക.
  • പ്രാദേശിക ഭാഷയിലാണ് മിക്ക നവോത്ഥാന സാഹിത്യകാരന്മാരും രചനകൾ നടത്തിയത്.
  • ഗദ്യസാഹിത്യത്തിന് കൂടുതൽ പ്രാധാന്യം ലഭിച്ചു.
  • ദാന്തെ, പെട്രാർക്ക്, മാക്യവെല്ലി തുടങ്ങിയവർ ശ്രദ്ധേയരായ നവോത്ഥാന സാഹിത്യകാരന്മാർ ആയിരുന്നു.
  • യൂറോപ്പിൽ ആദ്യത്തെ അച്ചടിശാല സ്ഥാപിച്ചത് ജൊഹാനസ് ഗുട്ടൻബർഗ് ആയിരുന്നു.
  • പിൽക്കാലത്ത് നവോത്ഥാനം ഇറ്റയിൽ നിന്നും മറ്റ് രാജ്യങ്ങളിലെ സാഹിത്യത്തിലേക്ക് വ്യാപിച്ചു.

നവോത്ഥാനവും ശാസ്ത്രവും

  • ചരിത്രത്തെ പ്രാചീനം, മധ്യം, ആധുനികം എന്നിങ്ങനെ മൂന്ന് കാലങ്ങളായി വിഭജിക്കുന്ന രീതി നവോ ത്ഥാന കാലത്താണ് നിലവിൽ വന്നത്.
  • മധ്യകാല ക്രൈസ്തവ പാരമ്പര്യത്തിൽ നിന്നും മതേതര ജീവിതത്തിലേക്കും, ചിന്തയിലേക്കുമുള്ള മാറ്റം ചരിത്രരചനയിലും പ്രതിഫലിച്ചു.
  • പുരാവസ്തു തെളിവുകൾക്കും ശേഷിപ്പുകൾക്കും ചരിത്രരചനയിൽ സുപ്രധാനമായ സ്ഥാനം ലഭിച്ചു.
  • കഥകളുടേയും, മിത്തുകളുടേയും സ്ഥാനം ശാസ്ത്രീയമായ അന്വേഷണങ്ങളും പഠനങ്ങളും കൈയ്യടക്കി.
  • നവോത്ഥാനം ആധുനിക ശാസ്ത്രത്തിന്റെ വളർച്ചയ്ക്ക് അടിത്തറയിട്ടു.

SSLC History Chapter 1 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium മാനവികത

നവോത്ഥാനവും ശാസ്ത്രവും

  • പ്രപഞ്ചത്തിന്റെ ചലനങ്ങളെ നിയന്ത്രിക്കുന്നത് ഭൗതികശക്തികളാണ് എന്ന കാഴ്ചപ്പാട് ശാസ്ത്രജ്ഞർ മുന്നോട്ട് വച്ചു.
  • കോപ്പർനിക്കസ്, ജോഹന്നാസ് കെപ്ലർ, ഗലീലിയോ ഗലീലി, ഐസക് ന്യൂട്ടൺ എന്നിവർ ശ്രദ്ധേയമായ സംഭാവനകൾ നൽകി.
  • പാരസെൽസസ്, ആൻഡിയസ് വെസാലിയസ് എന്നിവർ വൈദ്യശാസ്ത്രരംഗത്ത് സംഭാവനകൾ നൽകി.

മതനവീകരണം

  • നവോത്ഥാനത്തിന്റെ സ്വാധീനം യൂറോപ്പിന്റെ മതരംഗത്തും പ്രതിഫലിച്ചു.
  • കത്തോലിക്ക സഭയിൽ നിലനിന്നിരുന്ന ചില വിശ്വാസങ്ങൾക്കും പ്രവണതകൾക്കും എതിരായി രൂപം കൊണ്ട് പ്രതിഷേധ പ്രസ്ഥാനം പ്രൊട്ടസ്റ്റന്റ് പ്രസ്ഥാനം എന്ന മതനവീകരണത്തിന് കാരണമായി.
  • ജർമ്മനിയിൽ മാർട്ടിൻ ലൂഥറാണ് മതനവീകരണത്തിന് തുടക്കം കുറിച്ചത്.
  • മതനവീകരണത്തെ തുടർന്ന് കത്തോലിക്ക സഭയിൽ നടന്ന സ്വയം നവീകരണശ്രമങ്ങൾ പ്രതിമതനവീക രണം എന്നറിയപ്പെടുന്നു.
  • ട്രെന്റിലെ സമ്മേളനം, വിശ്വാസികൾ വായിക്കാൻ പാടില്ലാത്ത പുസ്തകങ്ങളുടെ പട്ടികയായ “ഇൻഡക ക്സ്, മതവിചാരണ കോടതി, ഇഗ്നേഷ്യസായോള സ്ഥാപിച്ച സൊസൈറ്റി ഓഫ് ജീസസ് എന്നിവയിലൂ ടെയാണ് പ്രതിമ നനവീകരണം നടപ്പിലാക്കിയത്.
  • ഇത് കത്തോലിക്ക മതനവീകരണം എന്നും അറിയപ്പെടുന്നു.

SSLC Geography Chapter 4 Important Questions Consumer Rights and Protection

Students rely on Geography Class 10 Notes Kerala Syllabus Chapter 4 Consumer Rights and Protection to help self-study at home.

Class 10 Geography Chapter 4 Important Questions and Answers Consumer Rights and Protection

Kerala Syllabus Class 10 Social Science Geography Chapter 4 Consumer Rights and Protection Important Questions

Consumer Rights and Protection Class 10 Important Questions

Question 1.
Who is a consumer?
Answer:
A consumer is a buying or spending unit. In other words, the consumer buys and uses goods and services after paying the price.

Question 2.
The goal of economic activities is to ….
Answer:
Satisfy the consumer.

Question 3.
When was the Consumer Protection Act enacted?
Answer:
1986

Question 4.
Write the three-tier system of consumer courts.
Answer:
District Consumer Protection Council, State Consumer Protection Council, National Consumer Protection Council.

Question 5.
How can we ensure consumer education?
Answer:
Through Awareness programmes and inclusion in the curriculum.

SSLC Geography Chapter 4 Important Questions Consumer Rights and Protection

Question 6.
Who gives verdict on consumer disputes where compensation claimed is above ₹20 lakhs but up to rupees one crore? (MODEL 2021, MARCH 2021)
a) State Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission
b) National Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission
c) District Consumer Disputes Redressal Forum
d) Food Safety Department
Answer:
b) National Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission

Question 7.
Name one product-related issue consumers should understand to avoid being cheated.
Answer:
Price (or quality, warranty, or safety standards).

Question 8.
What is the most important initiative mentioned to address consumer rights violations?
Answer:
The Consumer Protection Movement.

Question 9.
What is the right of a consumer when purchasing goods and services?
Answer:
To receive a bill.

Question 10.
What are all the things a consumer expects while purchasing goods and services? (MODEL2020)
Answer:

  • Quality
  • Reliability
  • After-sales services
  • Goods at a fair price

Question 11.
What is the service of ISO?
Answer:

  • The International Organisation for Standardisation (ISO) is an International standard-setting body.
  • It certifies and assures the quality and standard of goods and services in more than 160 countries, including India.
  • ISO gives certification or approval to service institutions like hospitals, banks and telecommunication and also to many products.

Question 12.
In your opinion, what are the uses of consumer education? Explain with examples.
Answer:
Consumer education is about educating consumers about their rights, responsibilities, choices of products and services, differences in markets and consumer laws. Consumer education raises awareness and instils selfprotection values among consumers. This helps consumers to be protected from fraud and wrongful transactions.

SSLC Geography Chapter 4 Important Questions Consumer Rights and Protection

Question 13.
Identify the methods to be adopted for consumer education.
Answer:

  • Observation of consumer day.
  • Organise awareness programmes
  • Include consumer rights as part of the curriculum.

Question 14.
Briefly outline the three levels of consumer courts established in India.
Answer:
The three levels of consumer courts in India are the District Consumer Forums at the base level, the State Consumer Disputes Redressal Commissions at the intermediate level (hearing appeals and larger value cases), and the National Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission (NCDRC) at the apex (hearing appeals and cases of national importance).

Question 15.
List down the problems faced by consumers in a market.
Answer:

  • Selling low-quality products
  • Adulteration
  • Charging excess price
  • Manipulation in weights
  • Delay in making services-available
  • Selling goods that are hazardous to life and property

Question 16.
Discuss the importance of obtaining a bill with a GST number when purchasing goods and services, highlighting both consumer rights and social commitment.
Answer:
Obtaining a bill with a GST number is crucial for consumers as it serves as proof of purchase, enabling them to claim their consumer rights in case of defective goods or unsatisfactory services. It allows them to hold the seller accountable. Furthermore, by insisting on a GST-compliant bill, consumers contribute to the formal economy, ensuring that taxes are paid. This act of social commitment helps in national development and prevents tax evasion, ultimately benefiting society as a whole.

Question 17.
Mention the situations where complaints about consumer disputes can be filed.
Answer:
Complaints against consumer disputes can be filed when,

  • When the purchased product is damaged or defective.
  • Defective services received from government/non-government/private institutions.
  • Appropriation of price over and above the amount legally fixed or marked on the outer casing.
  • Violation of the prevention of adulteration law – Sale of products that are harmful to life and safety.
  • Loss due to trading methods, which lead to unfair practices and limited consumer freedom.
  • Giving misleading advertisements to increase sales.

Question 18.
List out the Acts for the protection of consumers apart from the Consumer Protection Act of 1986. (MODEL 2020)
Answer:

  • The Food Safety Act, 2006 (enacted to ensure the quality of food products).
  • Sale of Goods Act, 1930
  • Agriculture Produce (Grading and Marking) Act, 1937
  • Essential Commodities Act, 1955

Question 19.
Describe the rights of the consumers as per the Consumer Protection Act of 1986. (MODEL 2022)
Answer:

  • The right to be informed about the quality-related aspects of goods and services
  • The right to have access to goods and services at fair prices.
  • The right to be heard and to seek redressal at appropriate forums.
  • The right to consumer education

Question 20.
In what ways does consumer education lead to consumer empowerment?
Answer:

  • Helps to consume sensibly as per the wants.
  • Helps to acquire information regarding products and services
  • Enables the consumer to make the right choices
  • Makes the consumer aware of his/her rights
  • Makes them capable of intervening in consumer disputes.

SSLC Geography Chapter 4 Important Questions Consumer Rights and Protection

Question 21.
Write a short note on consumer education.
Answer:
Consumer education is about educating consumers about their rights, responsibilities, choices of products and services, differences in markets and consumer laws. Consumer education raises awareness and instils self-protection values among consumers. This helps consumers to be protected from fraud and wrongful transactions. To protect consumer rights, to make consumers aware of their responsibilities, to ensure safety in trade, especially online trade, to identify ethics and regulations in the market, to create awareness about consumer protection laws, to ensure health safety, etc, are the main objectives of consumer education. Consumer education is being included as a separate topic in the curriculum, and through this, practical experiences are being presented to the children in the classroom. Online courses for consumer education are available today. Consumer clubs in schools also help in raising consumer awareness among students.

Question 22.
Discuss the significance of the Consumer Protection Act of 1986 in the context of consumer rights in India.
Answer:
The Consumer Protection Act of 1986 marked a significant milestone in the Indian consumer protection landscape. Recognising the need for legal recourse against unfair trade practices, this Act clearly defined consumer rights and established a separate judicial system specifically for addressing consumer disputes. It provided consumers with a dedicated avenue to seek redressal for grievances, thereby empowering them and laying the foundation for a more structured approach to consumer protection in the country.

Question 23.
Briefly explain the genesis and primary objectives of the Consumer Protection Movement in India.
Answer:
The Consumer Protection Movement in India originated with the formation of the Consumer Guidance Society of India in Mumbai in 1966. It emerged as a social movement dedicated to safeguarding consumer rights and ensuring their welfare. The primary objectives of this movement include: protecting consumer rights, preventing fraudulent practices, empowering consumers with knowledge, advocating for legislation to protect consumers, ensuring the credibility of advertisements, and securing consumer representation in political forums.

Question 24.
Explain the structure of the consumer dispute redressal mechanism in India and highlight the role of the advisory councils within this framework.
Answer:
The consumer dispute redressal mechanism in India operates on a three-tier system. At the base are the District Consumer Forums, established at the district level to handle complaints regarding goods and services of a specific value. Above them are the State Consumer Disputes Redressal Commissions, which hear appeals from the District Forums and also address complaints of higher value. The apex body is the National Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission (NCDRC), which hears appeals from the State Commissions and handles cases of national importance and significant value. This structure provides multiple avenues for consumers to seek justice.

Complementing this judicial structure are the three-tier advisory committees: the District Consumer Protection Council, the State Consumer Protection Council, and the National Consumer Protection Council. The primary role of these councils is to advise the respective governments (district, state, and central) on matters related to consumer rights. This includes suggesting policies, recommending measures for consumer protection, and ensuring that consumer interests are taken into account in governmental decision-making processes. While they don’t directly adjudicate disputes, they play a crucial role in shaping the broader consumer protection landscape

Question 25.
Elaborate on the concept of consumer education and discuss its primary objectives in empowering consumers.
Answer:
Consumer education is a comprehensive process aimed at equipping individuals with the necessary knowledge and skills to make informed decisions in the marketplace. It encompasses understanding their rights as consumers, recognising their responsibilities, being aware of the diverse choices available in products and services, discerning the differences between various markets, and comprehending relevant consumer protection laws. The primary objectives of consumer education are multifaceted and crucial for empowering consumers. Firstly, it aims to protect consumer rights by making individuals aware of the safeguards available to them against unfair trade practices and exploitation. Secondly, it seeks to make consumers aware of their responsibilities, emphasising the need for diligent consumption, ethical behaviour, and understanding the implications of their choices.

Thirdly, it strives to ensure safety in trade, especially online trade, by educating consumers about potential risks and safe transaction practices in the digital marketplace. Furthermore, consumer education aims to identify ethics and regulations in the market, enabling consumers to recognise fair and unfair business conduct and understand the governing rules. It is also vital in creating awareness about consumer protection laws, empowering individuals to seek redressal when their rights are violated. Additionally, it focuses on ensuring health safety by educating consumers about product quality, standards, and potential health hazards. Finally, it aims to promote consumer justice by fostering a society where consumer grievances are addressed effectively and fairly. By achieving these objectives, consumer education plays a vital role in creating a more informed, empowered, and protected consumer base.

Question 26.
Describe the three-tier structure of consumer courts in India and briefly outline the role of the advisory councils under the Consumer Protection Act.
Answer:

  • Consumer courts play a crucial role in intervening in consumer disputes and providing justice, including redressal.
  • The three-tier advisory committees under the Consumer Protection Act are, the District Consumer Protection Council, the State Consumer Protection Council, and the National Consumer Protection Council
  • If a consumer is cheated, he/she can file a complaint with the respective office or consumer courts.
  • To make consumers aware and to ensure the quality of the products before purchasing and using them, some symbols are given on the labels of the products.

The history of consumer courts begins with the enactment of the Consumer Protection Act in India in 1986. With this, consumer courts were established, and tribunals were formed for the speedy resolution of complaints. Consumer courts are deployed at three levels.

STRUCTURE OF CONSUMER COURTS

  • Consumed courts play a crucial role in intervening in consumer disputes and providing justice, including redressal.
  • There are over 600 district forums and 35 state commissions across India.
  • At the top of all this, there is an apex body called the National Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission (NCDRC).

SSLC Geography Chapter 4 Important Questions Consumer Rights and Protection 1
The three-tier advisory committees under the Consumer Protection Act are:
a) District Consumer Protection Council
b) State Consumer Protection Council
c) National Consumer Protection Council

SSLC Geography Chapter 4 Important Questions Consumer Rights and Protection

Question 27.
What do you mean by the Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility?
Answer:
Marginal Utility from consuming each additional unit of a commodity declines as its consumption increases, while keeping consumption of other commodities constant.

Question 28.
What is utility, and how can it be measured?
Answer:
The want-satisfying power of a commodity/ good is known as utility. It can be measured by using the unit of utils.

Question 29.
How can you state Cardinal Utility Theory?
Answer:
Cardinal Utility Theory states that the satisfaction derived by the consumer through the consumption of goods and services can be quantified by using cardinal numbers.

Question 30.
List the limitations of Cardinal Utility Theory.
Answer:
Refer: Subtopic 1.1. (Assumptions and Limitations of Cardinal Utility Theory.)

Question 31.
Why are some consumers more likely to be duped when purchasing goods and services?
Answer:
Consumers who lack a clear understanding of product-related issues such as price, quality, warranty, and safety standards are more susceptible to being misled and exploited.

Question 32.
What are the dual benefits of a consumer collecting a bill with a GST number?
Answer:
By collecting a bill with a GST number, consumers not only protect their individual consumer rights (like proof of purchase and recourse in case of issues) but also contribute to a social commitment by supporting a transparent economic system and discouraging unethical practices.

Question 33.
What is identified as the “most important” initiative taken to address the long-standing issue of consumer rights violations in the country?
Answer:
The Consumer Protection Movement is the most important initiative taken to address the violation of consumer rights and the cheating of consumers.

Question 34.
What are the features of the Consumer Protection Act 1986?
Answer:

  • To protect consumer rights, a law was passed by both Houses of Parliament in 1986.
  • This law (The Consumer Protection Act of 1986) clearly defined consumer rights and established a separate judicial system in India for consumer protection.
  • With the emergence of e-commerce platforms, a law to protect consumers in such areas has become imperative.
  • It is against this backdrop that the Consumer Protection Act 2019 was enacted.

Question 35.
What are the three-tier advisory committees under the Consumer Protection Act?
Answer:
The District Consumer Protection Council, The State Consumer Protection Council and The National Consumer Protection Council.

SSLC Geography Chapter 4 Important Questions Consumer Rights and Protection

Question 36.
What is the use of quality symbols on products? Give some examples.
Answer:
Some symbols are given on the labels of the products to make consumers aware and to ensure the quality of the products before purchasing and using them.
E.g., ISI Mark, FSSAI, etc.

Question 37.
How to file complaints if a consumer is cheated?
Answer:
If a consumer is cheated, he/she can file a complaint with the respective office or consumer courts. Persons with grievances can write a detailed complaint on a white paper and submit it directly to the consumer dispute redressal court, along with supporting documents as evidence. Insisting on bills at the time of purchase assumes significance in this context.

Question 38.
There are different laws to protect the rights of consumers on specific issues, apart from the Consumer Protection Act of 1986. List the different rights of the consumer ensured by these laws.
Answer:

  • Consumers should be able to consume with ease and without becoming victims of exploitation, and for this, legal help is needed
  • The Consumer Protection Act 1986 was passed by both Houses of Parliament in 1986.
  • The Consumer Protection Act 2019, came into force on 20 July 2020, replacing the Consumer Protection Act of 1986.

The Consumer Protection Movement in India came into being with the formation of the Consumer Guidance Society of India in Mumbai in 1966. It is a social movement formed to protect the rights and ensure the welfare of consumers. This movement is led by various consumer organisations and individuals who work against firms or institutions that cheat consumers.

The objectives of the Consumer Protection Movement are:

  • To protect consumer rights
  • To prevent frauds
  • To empower consumers
  • To legislate
  • To ensure the credibility of advertisements
  • To ensure representation of consumers in political forums

Consumers should be able to consume with ease and without becoming victims to exploitation, and for this, legal help is needed. The Consumer Protection Act came into force in India on 24 December 1986, following the adoption of the 1985 United Nations Resolution containing guidelines on consumer protection. To commemorate the event, 24th December is being observed as National Consumer Day.

Question 39.
What are the major objectives of consumer education?
Answer:

  • Consumer education is the process of equipping individuals with the knowledge, understanding, and skills necessary to make informed and effective decisions when purchasing and utilizing goods and services.
  • Consumer education is being included as a separate topic in the curriculum, and through this, practical experiences are being presented to the children in the classroom.
  • Consumer protection law plays a major role in ensuring ethical practices in the business sector where producers and consumers come into contact.

Consumer education is about educating consumers about their rights, responsibilities, choices of products and services, differences in markets and consumer laws. Consumer education raises awareness and instills self-protection values among consumers. This helps consumers to be protected from frauds and wrongful transactions. The main objectives of consumer education are:

  • To protect consumer rights
  • To make consumers aware of their responsibilities
  • To ensure safety in trade, especially online trade
  • To identify ethics and regulations in the market
  • To create awareness about consumer protection laws
  • To ensure health safety To promote consumer justice

Consumer education is being included as a separate topic in the curriculum, and through this, practical experiences are being presented to the children in the classroom. Online courses for consumer education are available today. Consumer clubs in schools also help in raising consumer awareness among students.

Consumers need to be aware of their rights and be able to complain and get solutions to the problems they face. We need to develop a mindset of consuming only the necessary goods. This will provide an opportunity for the people who do not have access to goods and services to get them. Sustainable consumption and development can be achieved in this way. Consumer protection law plays a major role in ensuring ethical practices in the business sector where producers and consumers come into contact. The intervention of a society that has civic consciousness and consumer education should be there in consumer protection.

Question 40.
What do you mean by Consumer education?
Answer:
Consumer education is about educating consumers about their rights, responsibilities, choices of products and services, differences in markets and consumer laws. Consumer education raises awareness and instils self protection values among consumers.

SSLC Geography Chapter 4 Important Questions Consumer Rights and Protection

Question 41.
Why is consumer education being integrated into the school curriculum as a separate subject?
Answer:
Consumer education is being included as a separate topic to provide children with practical experiences and raise their awareness about consumer rights and responsibilities from a young age.

Question 42.
What additional elements are important for effective consumer protection, besides the law itself?
Answer:
Besides consumer protection law, the intervention of a society with civic consciousness and consumer education is also important for effective consumer protection.

Question 43.
What is the significance of developing a mindset of consuming only necessary goods?
Answer:
Developing a mindset of consuming only necessary goods can create an opportunity for people who lack access to goods and services to obtain them, contributing to sustainable consumption and development.

SSLC Geography Chapter 3 Important Questions From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost

Students rely on Geography Class 10 Notes Kerala Syllabus Chapter 3 From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost to help self-study at home.

Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 Important Questions and Answers From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost

Kerala Syllabus Class 10 Social Science Geography Chapter 3 From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Important Questions

From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Class 10 Important Questions

Question 1.
What is the main vegetation type in equatorial regions?
(a) Grasslands
(b) Evergreen forests
(c) Deciduous forests
(d) Tundra plants
Answer:
(b) Evergreen forests

Question 2.
What is the average July temperature in the tundra regions of Russia?
(a) About 10°C or less
(b) More than 100°C or more
(c) More than 25°C or more
(d) Less than 0°C or less
Answer:
(a) About 10°C or less

Question 3.
What is the approximate annual rainfall in equatorial regions?
(a) 50 cm
(b) 100 cm
(c) 175 cm to 250 cm
(d) 300 cm (more)
Answer:
(c) 175 cm to 250 cm

Question 4.
Which forests are called the “lungs of the world”?
(a) Taiga forests
(b) Equatorial evergreen forests
(c) Temperate forests
(d) Monsoon forests
Answer:
(b) Equatorial evergreen forests

Question 5.
The pygmies of Africa are native to which region?
(a) Sahara Desert
(b) East African mountains
(c) Nile River basin
(d) Congo Basin
Answer:
(d) Congo Basin

SSLC Geography Chapter 3 Important Questions From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost

Question 6.
What are the main plants in the tundra regions?
(a) Mosses, lichens, and small shrubs
(b) Grasses only
(c) Tall trees
(d) Cereal crops
Answer:
(a) Mosses, lichens, and small shrubs

Question 7.
What is the major disease spread by the Tse Tse fly in the equatorial regions?
(a) Malaria
(b) Dengue fever
(c) Sleeping sickness
(d) Tuberculosis
Answer:
(c) Sleeping sickness

Question 8.
What is the main source of livelihood for people in tundra regions?
(a) Agriculture
(b) Cattle raising
(c) Hunting and fishing
(d) Mining
Answer:
(c) Hunting and fishing

Question 9.
Where are the forests known as “Selvas” found in equatorial regions mainly found?
(a) African forests
(b) Amazon basin in South America
(c) Southeast Asian islands
(d) Australian rainforests
Answer:
(b) Amazon basin in South America

Question 10.
Choose the correct pair of the following:
(a) Pygmies – Amazon Basin
(b) Eskimos – Greenland
(c) Sami – Siberia
(d) Yakuts – Northern Canada
Answer:
(b) Eskimos – Greenland

Question 11.
Choose the correct pair of the following:
(a) Evergreen forests – low rainfall
(b) Tundra region – tall trees
(c) Convectional rain- Equatorial region
(d) Blizzard – Equatorial region
Answer:
(c) Convectional rain – Equatorial region

SSLC Geography Chapter 3 Important Questions From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost

Question 12.
In which month is the lowest average temperature recorded in tundra regions?
Answer:
February

Question 13.
What is the name of the rain that usually occurs in the afternoon in equatorial regions?
Answer:
Convection rain

Question 14.
What is the special type of house found in the Amazon rainforest?
Answer:
Maloca

Question 15.
Write the name of the special type of vehicle used to move through the snow in tundra regions?
Answer:
Sledge

Question 16.
Villages in the equatorial regions of Malaysia are called as ……………………..
Answer:
Kampongs

Question 17.
Which is a major plantation crop grown extensively in equatorial regions?
Answer:
Rubber.

Question 18.
………………… are the indigenous people found in different parts of Africa.
Answer:
Pygmies

Question 19.
Name a climbing plant found in tropical rainforests.
Answer:
Lianas

SSLC Geography Chapter 3 Important Questions From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost

Question 20.
Which tree is commonly found in tropical rainforests?
Answer:
Mahogany

Question 21.
Define the term Doldrums.
Answer:
The equatorial region receives a high rate of insolation throughout the year. As a result, a low-pressure region develops along the equator. Horizontal movement of air is minimal in this region. This region is called the doldrums. It is also where the trade winds from both hemispheres converges.

Question 22.
The equatorial region not experience winter. Elucidate.
Answer:
The equatorial region does not experience winter because the temperature remains more or less constant throughout the year, with both the mean monthly and annual temperatures around 27°C. This is due to the high rate of insolation received in the region. The consistent heat prevents any significant seasonal variation, resulting in the absence of a winter season.

Question 23.
What are the main causes of heavy rainfall in the equatorial climatic region?
Answer:
The main causes of heavy rainfall in the equatorial region are the high temperature and the resulting high rate of evaporation, which lead to daily convectional rainfall. In addition, some areas, like the mountainous regions of Indonesia and Africa, also receive orographic rainfall. Occasionally, atmospheric disturbances in the Doldrums can cause cyclonic rainfall as well.

Question 24.
Explain the rainfall pattern in the equatorial climatic region different from the monsoon or savanna regions?
Answer:
Unlike the monsoon or savanna regions, the equatorial climatic region does not have a distinct dry season. Rainfall in the equatorial region is heavy and evenly distributed throughout the year due to constant high temperatures and evaporation rates. This results in continuous and abundant precipitation, maintaining lush vegetation all year round.

Question 25.
What is the average temperature and winter temperature in the tundra regions? What was the main thing the traveller remembered when preparing for the tundra expedition?
Answer:
The climate of the Tundra is characterised by a very low mean annual temperature. In mid-winter, the temperature falls between -25 and -35 degrees Celsius. While preparing for the tundra expedition, the main thing the traveller remembered was his country, which experiences high temperatures all year round.

Question 26.
Kasai Province in the Republic of Congo belongs to which climatic zone on Earth? What is the main point of a traveller’s description of a tundra expedition?
Answer:
Kasai Province in the Republic of Congo belongs to the equatorial climatic zone. A traveller’s description of a tundra expedition mainly focuses on the different climatic zones on Earth. It is recorded that when a person living in the equatorial climatic zone arrived in another climatic zone, the tundra, he experienced the conditions around him completely differently.

Question 27.
What are the main features of equatorial evergreen forests? Why are these forests called the ‘lungs of the world’?
Answer:
These forests are home to many different species of evergreen trees, such as ebony, mahogany, cinchona, and rosewood. In addition to trees, small palms, creepers, epiphytes such as orchids, numerous parasitic plants, ferns, and grasses such as bushes grow densely. These evergreen forests are called the ‘lungs of the world’ because they absorb high amounts of carbon dioxide and produce oxygen.

SSLC Geography Chapter 3 Important Questions From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost

Question 28.
Describe how human life has adapted to the equatorial climatic region.
Answer:
Human life in the equatorial region has adapted in several traditional and modem ways. Indigenous tribes like the Pygmies, Amazonian Indians, and Orang Asli live by hunting, fishing, and shifting cultivation, growing crops such as manioc, yam, maize, and bananas. With European colonization, plantation agriculture emerged, and crops like rubber, cocoa, oil palm, and tea are now widely cultivated. Most native homes are made from locally available materials like wood and stones. While remote areas remain undeveloped, modem cities like Singapore, Jakarta, and Manaus show urban growth and development through planning and infrastructure.

Question 29.
Explain the key features of tropical rainforests in the equatorial climatic region.
Answer:
Tropical rainforests in the equatorial climatic region are dense, evergreen forests with rich biodiversity. These forests experience no particular season for seeding, flowering, or shedding leaves, making them evergreen. They have multiple layers of vegetation, including tall trees forming canopies, smaller palms, lianas, epiphytes, and grasses like lalang. The forests are home to a vast variety of plant species, and in some areas like Malaysia, up to 200 species can be found in a single acre. These rainforests also play a crucial role in absorbing carbon dioxide and producing oxygen, earning them the nickname “Lungs of the World.”

Question 30.
What are the main challenges faced by people living in the equatorial climatic region?
Answer:

  • In modern cities, most of the equatorial climatic region is devoid of basic amenities. The thick, luxuriant forest hinders the development of this region.
  • It is too difficult and expensive to construct and maintain roads and railway lines through these dense forests and over swamps. Lalang (tall grasses) and thick undergrowth spring up as soon as the trees are cut. It often adversely affects the cultivation of crops too.
  • Wild animals, disease-spreading insects, and poisonous creatures pose a threat to the lives of those engaged in construction work in these forest areas.
  • Many remote parts of the Amazon Basin, the Congo, and Borneo lack modem communication systems even today. The rivers form the only natural highways.
  • Although equatorial climatic regions are blessed with thick forests, commercial extraction remains challenging. The density of forest and the difficulty of transporting logs hinder commercial lumbering. Additionally, the hardwoods are too heavy to be floated down the streams.

Question 31.
Describe the climatic conditions of the Tundra region.
Answer:
The Tundra climatic region, also known as the Arctic or Polar climate, is characterized by extremely low temperatures and long winters. In mid-winter, temperatures range between -25°C and -35°C, and it drops even lower in interior areas. Summers are very short and only last a few weeks, with temperatures just rising above 0°C. The region experiences polar day and night-six months of continuous daylight followed by six months of darkness depending on the Earth’s tilt and the sun’s apparent position. Precipitation mainly occurs as snow, especially during winter.

Question 32.
How does the climate influence vegetation and wildlife in the equatorial region?
Answer:
The equatorial- climate, characterised by high temperatures and heavy, well-distributed rainfall, supports dense and diverse vegetation. Evergreen trees, epiphytes, lianas, and ferns thrive due to year-round growth conditions. However, the dense canopy blocks sunlight from reaching the forest floor, resulting in minimal undergrowth. This impacts the wildlife, as herbivores that feed on undergrowth are rare, and consequently, carnivores are also few. Arboreal animals like lemurs, orangutans, and toucans are more common. The constant warmth and humidity make the region ideal for plant and tree growth, sustaining a rich ecosystem.

Question 33.
Complete the following table by identifying different tribes in tundra regions.

Greenland, North Canada, Alaska Eskimos or Inuit
North Finland, Scandinavia
Siberia
Lena Basin
North-Eastern Asia

Answer:

Greenland, North Canada, Alaska Eskimos or Inuit
North Finland, Scandinavia Lapps
Siberia Samoyeds
Lena Basin Yakuts
North-Eastern Asia Koryaks, Chuckchi

Question 34.
Describe the lifestyle and cultural practices of the Pygmies of Africa.
Answer:
The Pygmies are indigenous people primarily found in the Congo Basin of Africa. They are known for their short stature and traditionally lead a nomadic lifestyle. Their subsistence depends heavily on the forest-they hunt animals, gather fruits, roots, honey, and other natural resources. They live in small groups in temporary huts made of leaves and branches. Pygmy communities make decisions collectively and follow traditional rituals and customs closely tied to their natural environment. Music, dance, and the use of indigenous musical instruments play a vital role in their cultural expression.

SSLC Geography Chapter 3 Important Questions From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost

Question 35.
What is the importance of the different climatic regions of the Earth? Explain with examples how the flora and fauna, and human life in each region adapt to that climate.
Answer:
The different climatic zones of the Earth are essential for the biodiversity and ecological balance on Earth. The flora and fauna, and human life in each climatic zone have adapted to their unique climate through long-term evolution. For example, the high temperature and rainfall in the equatorial region help the growth of evergreen forests, which provide a habitat for many species. The indigenous people here make hunting and gathering of forest resources part of their way of life. The extreme cold and low vegetation of the tundra region favour the growth of creatures that can survive the cold, such as reindeer. People like the Eskimos here depend on these animals for their livelihood. Therefore, each climatic zone makes a unique contribution to the survival of life on Earth.

Question 36.
Compare and describe the major climatic and biological differences between equatorial rainforests and tundra regions. How do these differences affect human life there?
Answer:
There are many climatic and biological differences between equatorial rainforests and tundra regions. The equatorial region has high temperatures and abundant rainfall throughout the year, and is characterised by evergreen forests and high biodiversity. However, the tundra region experiences long winters, low temperatures, and little precipitation (in the form of snowfall). It is home to a small number of plants (mosses, lichens) and animals that survive the cold. These climatic differences significantly affect human life there. While agriculture and hunting are the main means of livelihood for equatorial inhabitants, tundra inhabitants rely mainly on hunting and fishing. The people of the two regions differ greatly in the way they build their homes, dress, and eat.

Question 37.
How will global climate change affect equatorial rainforests and tundra regions? What are the solutions to mitigate these changes?
Answer:
Global climate change will seriously affect equatorial rainforests and tundra regions. Increasing temperatures in equatorial regions may change the structure and biodiversity of forests, and there is a risk of increased drought and wildfires. The main threat to tundra regions is the possibility of melting ice sheets (permafrost). This will affect the stability of the soil and release greenhouse gases such as methane into the atmosphere. This will further increase the temperature. The solutions to mitigate these changes are to reduce greenhouse gas emissions globally, prevent deforestation, promote regeneration activities, and ensure environmental protection in tundra regions.

Question 38.
How do the geographical location and the availability of sunlight differ between the equatorial climatic region and the tundra climate region? How do these differences affect the temperature and seasons?
Answer:
The equatorial climate region is located close to the equator, so the sun’s rays fall vertically all year round and receive a high amount of solar energy. This results in high temperatures throughout the year and no significant seasonal changes. However, the tundra climate region is located near the North Pole and the Arctic Circle. Here, the sun’s rays fall obliquely, so the amount of solar energy received is very low. This results in very low temperatures, long winters, and short summers. In the polar regions, depending on the relative position of the sun, the sun does not set or rise for several weeks, which significantly affects the seasons and living things there.

Question 39.
Describe the natural vegetation and animal life in the Tundra region.
Answer:
Natural vegetation in the Tundra region is sparse due to limited sunlight and extended winters. The extreme cold and permafrost prevent the growth of trees. Vegetation is limited to mosses, lichens, sedges, dwarf willows, and stunted birches, while hardy grasses grow in some coastal lowlands. Despite the harsh conditions, summer brings brief activity snow melts, berries appear, and flowers bloom. Fauna includes herbivores like reindeer and carnivores like Arctic foxes, wolves, polar bears, musk-oxen, and Arctic hares. Numerous birds migrate to the region in summer to feed on emerging insects.

Question 40.
What changes have occurred in the lifestyle of the Eskimos due to modernisation?
Answer:
The Eskimos, traditionally nomadic hunters and fishers, have experienced significant lifestyle changes due to modernisation. They now live in permanent coastal villages with modem houses and facilities. Traditional kayaks have been replaced with motorised speedboats for fishing. Commercial rearing of fur-bearing animals and reindeer farming has been introduced. Education has also reached remote areas, with schools established for Eskimo children. These changes have improved their standard of living but also led to cultural shifts away from traditional practices.

Question 41.
How is the Tundra region affected by climate change?
Answer:
The Tundra is severely affected by climate change. Global warming leads to the melting of permafrost – permanently frozen ground, which disrupts the natural ecosystem and environmental balance. As the permafrost melts, it releases trapped greenhouse gases like methane, which further accelerates global warming. The changing climate also threatens the survival of native flora and fauna, alters migration patterns, and endangers the traditional lifestyle of indigenous people. These environmental shifts can have far-reaching consequences for the region and the planet.

SSLC Geography Chapter 3 Important Questions From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost

Question 42.
Compare the Arctic Tundra and Alpine Tundra regions.
Answer:
The Tundra region is broadly classified into Arctic Tundra and Alpine Tundra, based on their location and elevation. The Arctic Tundra is found in the northernmost parts of the world, including Alaska, Canada, Greenland, Siberia, Iceland, and Scandinavia. It lies to the north of the Taiga (boreal forest). This region has long, freezing winters and very’ short summers, with a mean annual temperature well below zero. Permafrost is a defining feature, and the area is snow-covered for most of the year. In contrast, the Alpine Tundra occurs at high elevations on mountains across the world, such as the Andes, Rockies, Alps, and Himalayas. Though it experiences similar cold temperatures, these are caused by altitude rather than latitude. Unlike Arctic Tundra, the Alpine Tundra is not underlain by permafrost, but it still has a short growing season and similar types of vegetation, like mosses and small shrubs. Both regions lack trees, and the vegetation is limited to low-growing plants. However, the Alpine Tundra may sometimes support a greater variety of plant species due to its proximity to other biomes and-ogcasional milder conditions. Despite their differences, both Arctic and Alpine Tundra play important roles in the Earth’s climate system, particularly in carbon storage and as indicators of climate change.

Question 43.
Compare the Natural vegetation of Equatorial Region and Tundra Region.
Answer:
Equatorial region: Luxuriant forests, called tropical rainforests, are one of the salient features of the equatorial climatic region. The rainforest found in the Amazon Basin is called Selvas. In this climatic region, there is no particular season for seeding, flowering, fruiting, and shedding leaves. Another significant feature of these rainforests is that multiple species coexist in a particular area. The equatorial climatic region is rich in the diversity of wildlife. These forests spread over the Amazon Basin in South America, West-Central Africa, Indonesia, the Malay Peninsula, and New Guinea. In this climatic region, there is no particular season for seeding, flowering, fruiting, and shedding leaves. As these processes occur year-round in the tropical rainforest, it remains evergreen throughout the year.

Hence, these rainforests are also called equatorial evergreen forests. A wide variety of evergreen trees, including ebony, mahogany, cinchona, rosewood, and others, are seen abundantly in these forests. Besides large trees, smaller palms, climbing plants like lianas, epiphytes like orchids, numerous parasitic plants, ferns, and grasses like Lalang grow luxuriantly here. Another significant feature of these rainforests is that multiple species coexist in a particular area. It has been estimated that in the Malaysian rainforests, as many as 200 species of plants may be found in an acre of forest. Plants grow to varying heights depending on the availability of sunlight. Trees form canopies at different levels, according to their heights.

Tudra Region: The natural vegetation is scanty in this region due to insufficient in sunlight and long winters. The diversity of fauna is also scanty here. Trees are normally absent in the Tundra region due to the challenges posed by the climate. Mosses, lichens, sedges, and bushes are commonly found here. Dwarf willows and stunted birches withstand the harsh climatic conditions and survive in certain places. Some hardy grasses grow in the coastal lowlands where favourable conditions prevail. Herbivores like reindeer make survival possible here only by depending on these pastures. Even though summer is very short in the Tundra, which is covered by snow throughout the year, this region becomes active with the onset of summer. In brief summer, as the snow melts, bushes start bearing berries, and flowers begin to bloom. Birds migrate to the Tundra during this period from the south to prey on insects that come out at this time. Arctic foxes, wolves, polar bears, musk-oxen, and arctic hares are the other animals found here.

Question 44.
What is one of the salient features of the equatorial climate?
Answer:
One of the main features of the equatorial climate is that the temperature remains more or less the same throughout the year, with very little variation in both annual and diurnal temperature ranges.

Question 45.
What is the mean annual and mean monthly temperature in the equatorial region?
Answer:
Both the mean annual and mean monthly temperatures are approximately 27°C.

Question 46.
How much rainfall does the equatorial region receive annually?
Answer:
The annual rainfall ranges between 175 cm and 250 cm, and it is well-distributed throughout the year.

Question 47.
Why is Mount Kilimanjaro snow-covered throughout the year despite being in the equatorial region? Answer:
Kilimanjaro is snow-covered year-round because of its high elevation (5,895 meters). At such heights, temperatures are low enough for snow and ice to remain despite its location near the equator.

SSLC Geography Chapter 3 Important Questions From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost

Question 48.
How does the climate affect human habitation in the equatorial region?
Answer:
The climate is hot and humid, which can make conditions oppressive. However, coastal areas benefit from sea breezes, which bring relief and make these areas more suitable and populated.

Question 49.
What is an equatorial rainforest?
Answer:
An equatorial rainforest is a thick forest found near the equator, like the Amazon, which gets a lot of rain and has many plants and animals.

Question 50.
What is deforestation, and why is it a problem?
Answer:
Deforestation is the large-scale cutting down of trees, mainly for farming, logging, or construction. It destroys natural habitats, reduces oxygen production, and contributes to climate change.

Question 51.
What are the challenges faced by equatorial rainforests nowadays?
Answer:
They face many problems like deforestation, pollution, climate change, mining, and the construction of roads. All of these activities damage the environment and disturb the balance of nature.

Question 52.
Why is it important to protect equatorial rainforests?
Answer:
These forests produce oxygen, absorb carbon dioxide, and support a wide variety of wildlife. They also help control the Earth’s climate and support Indigenous communities who depend on them.

Question 53.
Write a note on Human life in equatorial region.
Answer:

  • The relationship between humans and their environment plays a crucial role in shaping human life.
  • Due to the physical conditions prevalent in the equatorial climatic region, this area is sparsely populated.
  • The Pygmies of Africa, the Indian tribes of the Amazon Basin, and the Orang Asli of Malaysia are some of the important native groups of this region.

Question 54.
Where is the Tundra region located?
Answer:
The Tundra region is located to the north of the Taiga region, along the Arctic coasts of North America, Eurasia, and Greenland.

Question 55.
What are the two types of Tundra?
Answer:
The two types are:

  1. Arctic Tundra – Found in Alaska, Northern Canada, Siberia, Greenland, Iceland, and Scandinavia.
  2. Alpine Tundra – Found in high mountainous regions

SSLC Geography Chapter 3 Important Questions From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost

Question 56.
What is a blizzard?
Answer:
A blizzard is a strong snowstorm that causes heavy snowfall in the Tundra region.

Question 57.
How do humans survive in the Tundra region?
Answer:
People (mainly nomadic tribes) survive by hunting, fishing, and using animals for food, clothing, and tools. In winter, they live in igloos; in summer, they use portable tents.

Question 58.
Why is vegetation sparse in the Tundra?
Answer:
Due to the low sunlight, extreme cold, and short growing season, only mosses, lichens, sedges, dwarf willows, and stunted birches grow here.

SSLC Geography Chapter 2 Important Questions Climatic Regions and Climate Change

Students rely on Geography Class 10 Notes Kerala Syllabus Chapter 2 Climatic Regions and Climate Change to help self-study at home.

Class 10 Geography Chapter 2 Important Questions and Answers Climatic Regions and Climate Change

Kerala Syllabus Class 10 Social Science Geography Chapter 2 Climatic Regions and Climate Change Important Questions

Climatic Regions and Climate Change Class 10 Important Questions

Question 1.
What is the name given to the winds that blow from the east to west?
a) Westerly winds
b) Monsoon winds
c) Westerly winds
d) Gusty winds
Answer:
(b) Monsoon winds

Question 2.
The temperate grasslands are located at which latitudes?
(a) Between 10° and 30° latitudes
(b) Between 40° and 50° latitudes
(c) Between 30° and 60° latitudes
(d) Between 35° and 40° latitudes
Answer:
(b) Between 40° and 50° latitudes

Question 3.
What are the major crops in the savanna climatic region?
(a) Deciduous trees and tall grass
(b) Deciduous forests
(c) Moist forests
(d) Cypress trees
Answer:
(a) Deciduous trees and tall grass

Question 4.
What is the annual temperature of the tropical deserts?
(a) 15°C
(b) 20°C
(c) 30°C
(d) 40°C
Answer:
(c) 30°C

Question 5.
The climatic categories in which short summer and long winters are experienced in ……………………
(a) Hot deserts
(b) Taiga region
(c) Tundra region
(d) Monsoon climatic region
Answer:
(b) Taiga region

SSLC Geography Chapter 2 Important Questions Climatic Regions and Climate Change

Question 6.
What is the average summer temperature in the taiga region?
(a) 15°C to 20°C
(b) 21°C to 32°C
(c) -13°C to -25°C
(d) 20°C to 25°C
Answer:
(a) 15°C to 20°C

Question 7.
What are the main types of trees found in the taiga region?
(a) Deciduous trees
(b) Evergreen trees
(c) Coniferous trees
(d) Small shrubs
Answer:
(c) Coniferous trees

Question 8.
The main characteristic of the Mediterranean climatic region is ……………………
(a) High rainfall throughout the year
(b) Dry summers and humid winters
(c) Dry weather throughout the year
(d) Cool summers and warm winters
Answer:
(b) Dry summers and humid winters

Question 9.
The main livelihoods of the people of the savanna region are:
(a) Agriculture and fishing
(b) Animal husbandry and farming
(c) Mining and industry
(d) Trade and tourism
Answer:
(b) Animal husbandry and farming

Question 10.
What type of climate is experienced in the tropical grasslands?
(a) Short summers and long winters
(b) Long summers and short winters
(c) Cold summers and dry winters
(d) Mild summers and mild winters
Answer:
(a) Short summers and long winters

Question 11.
From the following, find out the reasons for monsoon region becoming one of the most densely populated region of the world.
(a) High rainfall
(b) Availability of labour
(c) Agricultural potential
(d) All of these
Answer:
(d) All of these

Question 12.
Identify the reason for the rain in the equatorial climate zone every day afternoon.
(a) Convection rain
(b) Winter rain
(c) Cyclone
(d) Monsoon rain
Answer:
a) Convection rain

SSLC Geography Chapter 2 Important Questions Climatic Regions and Climate Change

Question 13.
To which climate category does the Indian subcontinent belong to?
(a) Sahara Desert
(b) Mediterranean coastal regions
(c) Monsoon climate
(d) Prairie of North America
Answer:
(c) Monsoon climate

Question 14.
What types of forests are commonly found in monsoon climate zones?
(a) Deciduous trees, grasslands
(b) Shrubs, bushes
(c) Deciduous forests
(d) Taiga forests
Answer:
(c) Deciduous forests

Question 15.
………………….. are the seasonal reversal of wind system.
(a) Monsoons
(b) Winter
(c) Spring
(d) Autumn
Answer:
(a) Monsoons

Question 16.
Why are savanna grasslands known by different names in different regions? What are some of their local names?
Answer:
The different names are due to the geographical features and differences in flora and fauna in different regions. In Africa, they are called savanna, in southern Brazil, they are called campos, and in Venezuela, they are called llanos.

Question 17.
What are the main crops and their economic importance in the Mediterranean climate zone?
Answer:
Fruits and vegetables are the cultivated in this region. Cereals and pulses are also cultivated wherever possible. Agricultural practices developed according to the climate conditions and related activities make the Mediterranean region an area of great economic importance. As in the tropics, in the interior of the subtropical zone, the maritime influence is minimal and treeless grasslands are found. These are the temperate grasslands. About 70 precent of citrus fruit export comes from the Mediterranean countries.

Question 18.
What is greenhouse effect? How has it paved way for Global warming?
Answer:
Certain gases – in the atmosphere are capable of trapping solar energy (insolation) in the atmosphere. Gases such as carbon dioxide and nitrous oxide are known as Greenhouse Gases. Greenhouse gases allow sunlight to pass into the earth’s surface and keep the atmosphere warm by intercepting terrestrial radiation returning from the Earth’s surface. This process is known as the Greenhouse Effect of the Atmosphere. Some human activities result in excess production of greenhouse gases. Due to this, the greenhouse effect of the atmosphere becomes stronger and the temperature increases. This increase in atmospheric temperature is called Global warming. Burning of fossil fuels such as coal and petroleum, industrial effluents and solid waste are the sources of excess greenhouse gases in the atmosphere. Global warming accelerates climate change.

Question 19.
What are the main plants in the taiga region? Why is this region called Taiga?
Answer:
Taiga climatic region is absent in high latitudes of Southern Hemisphere because the extent of landmass is generally less. This region is dominated by sub-Arctic coniferous evergreen trees. Taiga is the Russian word for ‘coniferous trees’. This region is named as Taiga because of the abundance of such coniferous trees. Coniferous trees such as pine, fir and spruce are the main vegetation types.

Question 20.
Define the term climatic refugees.
Answer:
Many people are being forcibly displaced by the impacts of climate change-induced disasters such as droughts, floods, desertification, sea-level rise, and sea inundation. They are forced to migrate to other regions or countries. Such migrations are called climate migration. UN figures indicate that around 50 million people have been displaced due to climate-related events. Those who have to leave their homes and livelihood due to climate- related phenomena are called climate refugees.

Question 21.
Match the following.

A B
Establishment of World Meteorological Organisation 1992
Earth Summit 2023
G 20 Summit 1950

Answer:

A B
Establishment of World Meteorological Organisation 1950
Earth Summit 1992
G 20 Summit 2023

SSLC Geography Chapter 2 Important Questions Climatic Regions and Climate Change

Question 22.
Between which latitudes is the Taiga climate region located? What are the main climatic features here?
Answer:

  • It is a cold region located between latitudes of 55° and 70° in the Northern Hemisphere.
  • Short summers and long winters are experienced there. Summer temperature is from 15° C to 20° C while winter temperature drops up to -13° C to -25 ° C.
  • This region receives an annual rainfall of 50 cm to 70 cm. In winter, precipitation is in the form of snowfall.

Question 23.
What are the main features of the tundra region?
Answer:
Tundra region is the extreme cold zone extending from north of the Arctic Circle in Alaska, Canada, Greenland, and the Arctic coasts of Europe and Asia. Here winter temperature ranges from -25°C to -40°C and the summer temperature rises up to 10°C. Precipitation is mainly in the form of snowfall. Only a few plants can survive in the harsh climatic conditions of the Tundra region.

Question 24.
Define climate change and differentiate between natural and anthropogenic climate change.
Answer:
According to the UN, climate change refers to a long-term shift in weather patterns and temperatures caused by human activity or natural variability.

Climate change can be classified into: Natural climate change, which results from internal earth processes like volcanic activity or variations in solar radiation. These changes are beyond human control. Anthropogenic climate change, which is caused by human activities such as industrialisation, deforestation, land use changes, and urbanisation.

Question 25.
Name the major climatic region in the world.
Answer:

  • Equatorial climatic region
  • Monsoon climatic region
  • Savanna climatic region
  • Hot deserts
  • Temperate grasslands
  • Mediterranean climatic region
  • Taiga region
  • Tundra region

Question 26.
How do climate change and sea level rise threaten countries like Nepal and the Maldives?
Answer:
Nepal, located in the Himalayas, faces rapid melting of glaciers at a rate of 12 to 20 meters per year due to rising global temperatures, affecting ecosystems and water resources.

The Maldives, with an average elevation of only 1.5 meters above sea level, is at risk of being completely submerged if the sea level rises by 2.5 meters. The global sea level is rising at approximately 0.42 cm per year, increasing the threat to low-lying island nations.

Question 27.
What are the key elements of climate, and how do changes in these elements lead to climate change? Answer:
The key elements of climate are atmospheric temperature, pressure, winds, precipitation, and humidity. Climate change occurs when there is a significant shift in the quantity, distribution, and seasonal pattern of these elements. Such changes can alter weather patterns and ecosystems, affecting both regional and global environments.

Question 28.
Monsoon climate is characterised by long and humid summer and short dry winter. Elucidate.
Answer:

  • Monsoons are the seasonal reversal of wind system
  • These winds blow from sea to land in summer and get reversed from land to sea in winter.
  • This region is known as a monsoon climatic region because of the decisive influence of monsoon winds.

Monsoon climate is characterised by long and humid summer and short dry winter. In monsoon climatic regions, diurnal range of temperature is very low in coastal areas and very high in the interiors. Depending on the factors like physiography, direction of wind, and distance from the coast, rainfall distribution also varies in the monsoon regions. Regions with as little as 50 cm of rainfall to areas receiving over 1000 cm of annual rainfall can be found in this region.

SSLC Geography Chapter 2 Important Questions Climatic Regions and Climate Change

Question 29.
Describe the main characteristics of the Savanna region in terms of climate, vegetation, wildlife, and human activities.
Answer:
The Savanna region, located between 10° and 30° latitudes in both hemispheres, experiences hot and humid summers and cool, dry winters. It receives 25cm to 125cm of rainfall annually, with average temperatures between 21°C and 32°C. Vegetation consists mainly of deciduous trees and tall grasses, with thorny bushes appearing closer to deserts. The region supports a variety of wildlife, including herbivores like giraffes and zebras, and carnivores such as lions and tigers. Due to relatively fertile soil and low rainfall, dry farming is practiced, and animal husbandry is common. Indigenous tribes like the Maasai lead pastoral lives, while cash crops like cotton (Sudan) and coffee (Brazil) are grown in former European colonies.

Question 30.
Explain how the topography, wind direction, and distance from the coast affect the availability of rainfall in the monsoon climate zone. Describe the agricultural practices and major crops in this climate zone.
Answer:
The main factors that affect the availability of rainfall in the monsoon region are topography, wind direction, and distance from the coast. Areas with mountainous terrain are likely to receive more rainfall due to the blocking of winds. Changes in wind direction affect the amount and distribution of rainfall. The amount of rainfall is higher in areas close to the coast because there is more moisture. However, the amount of rainfall is likely to decrease as you move inland.

The high rainfall and fertile soil make the monsoon climate region an important agricultural region. Intensive subsistence farming is the mainstay here. Tropical crops such as rice, maize, jute, cotton, oilseeds, and sugarcane are cultivated in this region. In some rare areas, shifting cultivation methods also exist. The species and diversity of plant species change according to the differences in rainfall availability.

Question 31.
Describe the main characteristics of hot deserts and explain how human life has adapted to these harsh environments.
Answer:
Hot deserts are regions that receive very little rainfall, typically less than 25 cm annually, and may go without rain for several years. They are among the hottest places on Earth, with an average annual temperature of around 30°,C. Extreme temperatures are common, with places like A1 Aziziya in the Sahara Desert recording highs of 58°C. These regions also experience a high diurnal range of temperature, making the climate harsh and challenging for survival.

Most tropical deserts are found on the western margins of continents due to the effect of trade winds. As these winds travel from the east to the west across continents, they lose moisture, leaving the western margins dry throughout the year. Vegetation in deserts includes drought-resistant plants like cacti, shrubs, and palms. Oases, where underground water reaches the surface, serve as fertile spots that support some vegetation and human settlements.

Human adaptation in desert regions includes practices like dry farming and animal husbandry. Despite sparse population, indigenous tribes such as the Bushmen of the Kalahari have learned to survive in these conditions. Economic activities such as mining have also contributed to human settlement-examples include gold mining in Australia, copper mining in the Atacama Desert, and petroleum extraction in the Sahara and Arabian deserts, which have significantly transformed these regions.

Question 32.
Describe the main causes of climate change and its some impacts experienced globally. What are the international efforts to prevent climate change?
Answer:
Human activities such as excessive use of fossil fuels such as coal and petroleum, industrial waste, and deforestation are increasing the amount of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere. This is a major cause of global warming and climate change. As a result of climate change, many impacts are being felt all over the world. The average sea level is rising, the ice in the poles is melting, desertification is spreading, global temperatures are increasing, and unseasonal and extreme rainfall occurs. This affects the stability of climate zones and disrupts the ecological balance. Many efforts are being made at the international level to prevent climate change. The World Meteorological Organisation (WMO), Stockholm Conference (1972), Rio de Janeiro Earth Summit (1992), Kyoto Protocol (1997), Montreal Protocol (1987), Paris Agreement (2015), and G20 Summit (2023) are some of the important ones. The goals of these agreements are to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, use renewable energy sources, and protect forests.

Question 33.
Climate change-induced displacement and climate refugees are becoming a major global problem. Explain the causes and consequences of this phenomenon. What can be done at the individual and societal levels to find a solution to this?
Answer:
Many people are forced to leave their homes due to disasters such as drought, floods, desertification, and rising sea levels caused by climate change. These types of displacements are called, climate displacements and these people are called climate refugees. According to UN estimates, about 50 million people have been displaced globally due to climate-related reasons. This phenomenon makes the lives of those affected miserable. They lose their homes and livelihoods. This causes many social and economic problems. The increasing number of displaced people is creating refugee problems in many countries. Collective efforts are needed at the individual and societal levels to find a solution to this problem. Promoting energy efficiency, protecting forests, making lifestyle changes to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, and increasing the use of renewable energy sources such as solar and wind power are some of the things that can be done at the individual level. At the societal level, we can do things like implement laws against climate change, regulate industries that emit greenhouse gases, prioritize sustainable development, and raise awareness about climate change. Only through global cooperation can we find a lasting solution to this serious problem.

Question 34.
Compare and write a note on the major climatic regions given below based on their location, livelihoods, human life etc.
Hints:
1. Equatorial climatic region
2. Monsoon climatic region
3. Savanna climatic region
Answer:
Equatorial climatic region: This climatic region extends up to 10° North and South of the equator. Evergreen forests are abundant in the equatorial climatic region due to high temperatures and high rainfall. The equatorial climatic region is characterised by high temperatures and high rainfall throughout the year. This climatic region is hotter because sun’s rays fall almost vertically throughout the year. This results in higher air convection and convectional precipitation. These areas receive rainfall every day in the afternoon.

Monsoon climatic region: Monsoons are the seasonal reversal of wind system. These winds blow from sea to land in summer and get reversed from land to sea in winter. This region is known as a monsoon climatic region because of the decisive influence of monsoon winds. Monsoon climate is characterised by long and humid summer and short dry winter. In monsoon climatic regions, diurnal range of temperature is very low in coastal areas and very high in the interiors. Depending on the factors like physiography, direction of wind, and distance from the coast, rainfall distribution also varies in the monsoon regions. Regions with as little as 50 cm of rainfall to areas receiving over 1000 cm of annual rainfall can be found in this region. Evergreen and deciduous trees are generally found here. Monsoon forests, also known as tropical deciduous forests, have a mixture of different types of trees depending on the amount of rainfall received. Monsoon region is one of the most densely populated areas in the world. High rainfall and availability of labour keep the monsoon climatic region an important agricultural region. Tropical crops like rice, sugarcane, jute, cotton, tea and coffee, are cultivated here.

  • Intensive subsistence agriculture is prevailing in this region.
  • In rare areas, shifting cultivation, a primitive subsistence agriculture, also exists.

Savanna climatic region: Savannas are tropical grasslands found between 10° and 30° latitudes in both the hemispheres. Tropical grasslands have hot and humid summers and cool and dry winters. These grasslands are known by different names in different regions. It is known as Savanna in Africa, Campos in Southern Brazil and Llanos in Venezuela. The annual average temperature here is between 21° C and 32° C, and it also receives annual rainfall of 25 cm to 125 cm. Deciduous trees and tall grasses are the dominant vegetation of this region. As we move closer to the deserts, short bushes and thorny forests are seen. The forests and grasslands here provide a favourable habitat for wild animals. Herbivorous animals like giraffes and zebras abound in these grasslands. Carnivorous animals like lion and tiger are also found here. Soil found here is relatively fertile, due to low rainfall, ‘dry farming’ that requires less amount of water, is adopted. Animal husbandry and agriculture are the means of livelihood of the people. Population density is generally low in the savanna region. Maasai, an indigenous tribe of the African savanna, leads a pastoral life. Cash crops are cultivated extensively in the savanna areas of former European colonies.

SSLC Geography Chapter 2 Important Questions Climatic Regions and Climate Change

Question 35.
Write a note on cold regions in the world.
Hints:
(a) Taiga region
(b) Tundra region
Answer:
Taiga region: It is a cold region located between latitudes of 55° and 70° in the Northern Hemisphere. Short summers and long winters are experienced there. Summer temperature is from 15° C to 20° C while winter temperature drops up to -13° C to -25 ° C. This region receives an annual rainfall of 50 cm to 70 cm. In winter, precipitation is in the form of snowfall. The Taiga climatic region is absent in the high latitudes of the Southern hemisphere because the extent of landmass is generally less. Sub-Arctic coniferous evergreen frees dominate this region. Taiga is the Russian word for ‘coniferous trees’. This region is named as Taiga because of the abundance of such coniferous trees. Coniferous trees such as pine, fir and spruce are the main vegetation types.

  • Most of the crops cannot be grown in sub-Arctic climates. Hence, the cultivation is very less in this region.
  • Lumbering and wool industry are the main economic activities. The lumbering industry is very popular in the Canadian Taiga region.
  • As we move from the Taiga region to the polar region, the height of vegetation decreases and becomes sparse and less in number. Only frigid vegetation such as shrubs and mosses can be found in regions close to the Poles.

Tundra region: The Tundra region is the extreme cold zone extending from north of the Arctic Circle in Alaska, Canada, Greenland, and the Arctic coasts of Europe and Asia. Here, winter temperature ranges from -25°C to -40°C, and the summer temperature rises up to 10°C. Precipitation is mainly in the form of snowfall. Only a few plants can survive in the harsh climatic conditions of the Tundra region. Plants grow only in summer. Due to the very short growing season available, short shrubs and mosses are the main plants found here. The native people of this region, such as Eskimos and Lappas, lead a semi-nomadic life. Arctic regions are the regions with relatively little human intervention. Scientists and explorers are continuing their studies in this region in search of future possibilities for mankind.

Question 36.
Discuss the causes, impacts, and international responses to climate change.”
Hints:
• Climate change and Natural vs. anthropogenic causes
• Impact on regions (Nepal, Maldives)
• Effect on climate elements and ecosystems
• Role of human activities
• Key international agreements
• Ways to reduce human impact
• Need for global cooperation
Answer:
Climate change refers to a long-term shift in weather patterns and temperatures, caused either by natural variability or human activities. According to the UN, climate change is one of the most pressing global issues, resulting in rising temperatures and sea levels. Key human activities like industrialisation, land use changes, and urbanisation significantly contribute to climate change. Climate change can be divided into two types: natural and anthropogenic. Natural climate change occurs due to endogenic Earth processes, such as volcanic eruptions and changes in solar radiation, and cannot be controlled by human actions. On the other hand, anthropogenic (human – induced) climate change arises from activities like burning fossil fuels and deforestation.

Countries like Nepal and the Maldives are highly vulnerable to the effects of climate change. Nepal, being a mountainous nation, faces rapid glacial melting – estimated at 12 to 20 meters per year. This threatens water sources and regional ecosystems. The Maldives, with an average elevation of just 1.5 meters, is at risk of total submersion if sea levels rise by even 2.5 meters. Symbolic cabinet meetings held at Mount Everest and underwater in the Maldives were meant to raise awareness about these dangers.

Climate change disrupts key climate elements – temperature, pressure, wind patterns, humidity, and precipitation leading to severe ecological consequences. It destabilises climate zones, affects biodiversity, and puts the livelihoods of millions at risk, especially in agriculture and coastal communities.

To address this global challenge, international cooperation is crucial. Important initiatives include:

  • The Stockholm Conference (1972) for environmental conservation,
  • The Earth Summit (1992) which created Agenda 21,
  • The Kyoto Protocol (1997) to reduce greenhouse gas emissions,
  • The Paris Agreement (2015) to limit global warming, and
  • The G20 Summit (2023), which emphasized green development and climate finance.

Although climate change cannot be entirely stopped, its pace can be slowed by reducing human-induced factors. This includes adopting renewable energy, conserving forests, improving waste management, and encouraging sustainable development practices.

Question 37.
How does vegetation change in the Savanna region near deserts?
Answer:
As rainfall decreases towards desert areas, tree height reduces and vegetation changes to short bushes and thorny plants.

Question 38.
What type of farming is practiced in the Savanna?
Answer:
Due to low rainfall, dry farming is practised. Animal husbandry is common. Cash crops like cotton (Sudan) and coffee (Brazil) are grown.

Question 39.
Explain the reason for daily rainfall in the equatorial region.
Answer:
The sun’s rays fall almost vertically all year, causing high temperatures, rapid air convection, and daily convectional rainfall.

Question 40.
What is a climatic region?
Answer:
A climatic region is an extensive geographical area in which similar climate characteristics like temperature and precipitation are observed. Each region has a unique climate, vegetation, and wildlife adapted to it.

Question 41.
…………………………… grasslands have hot and humid summers and cool and dry winters.
Answer:
Tropical

SSLC Geography Chapter 2 Important Questions Climatic Regions and Climate Change

Question 42.
Define Hot desert?
Answer:
A hot desert is a region with very little rainfall and extremely high temperatures.

Question 43.
What is the average annual temperature in tropical deserts?
Answer:
The average annual temperature is about 30°C.

Question 44.
How much rainfall do desert regions usually receive?
Answer:
Less than 25 cm annually, and some places may go for several years without rain.

Question 45.
What types of vegetation are found in hot deserts?
Answer:
Plants like cactus, shrubs, and palms that are adapted to low rainfall.

Question 46.
What is an oasis?
Answer:
An oasis is a fertile area in a desert where water is available, often supporting plant life and human settlement.

Question 47.
The Mediterranean countries are the world’s leading producers of …………………….
Answer:
wine

Question 48.
What are Mediterranean climatic regions?
Answer:
Regions that lie between 30° and 45° latitudes, mainly on the western coasts of continents, and have a mild, wet winter and a hot, dry summer climate.

Question 49.
Why are dense forests not found in Mediterranean regions?
Answer:
Due to low and seasonal rainfall, dense forests do not grow.

Question 50.
What crops are commonly grown in the Mediterranean region?
Answer:

  • Fruits and vegetables
  • Cereals and pulses
  • Grapevines and citrus fruits

SSLC Geography Chapter 2 Important Questions Climatic Regions and Climate Change

Question 51.
Write a note on Mediterranean region.
Answer:

  • The areas about mediterranean sea is the area of the mediterranean region.
  • It is a region that experiences dry summers and humid winters. Temperature of around 20 – 25° C is experienced in summer.
  • Highest temperature during winter is 10° C to 16° C.
  • Winter rainfall of 30 to 75 cm distinguishes this region from other climatic regions.
  • Rains during the winter are beneficial to the winter crops.
  • The Mediterranean countries are the world’s leading producers of wine.

Question 52.
How much rainfall do temperate grasslands receive annually?
Answer:
They receive 25 cm to 60 cm of rainfall annually, with significant fluctuations.

Question 53.
‘Humans trying to utilise every possible area on Earth, including grasslands’. Elucidate
Answer:
Due to the growing population and increasing human needs, there is a continuous effort to utilise all possible land resources.

Question 54.
Who are the traditional inhabitants of temperate grasslands?
Answer:
The traditional inhabitants are mostly shepherds, as the region serves as natural grazing land.

Question 55.
What are the names given for the temperate grasslands in different parts of the world?
Answer:

Continents Name of the Grassland
North America Prairies
South America Pampas
Europe Steppes
Asia Steppes
Africa Veld
Australia Downs

Question 56.
Write the location of Tundra region.
Answer:
Tundra region is the extreme cold zone extending from north of the Arctic Circle in Alaska, Canada, Greenland, and the Arctic coasts of Europe and Asia.

Question 57.
………………….. industry is very popular in the Canadian Taiga region.
Answer:
Lumbering

Question 58.
Taiga is the Russian word for
Answer:
coniferous trees.

Question 59.
Distinguish between Taiga and Tundra Region.
Answer:
Taiga Region

  • It is a cold region located between latitudes of 55° and 70° in the Northern Hemisphere.
  • Short summers and long winters are experienced there. Summer temperature is from 15° C to 20° while winter temperature drops up to -13° C to -25 ° C.
  • This region receives an annual rainfall of 50 cm to 70 cm. In winter, precipitation is in the form of snowfall.
  • Taiga is the Russian word for ‘coniferous trees’.

Tundra Region

  • Tundra region is the extreme cold zone extending from north of the Arctic Circle in Alaska, Canada, Greenland, and the Arctic coasts of Europe and Asia.
  • Here winter temperature ranges from -25°C to -40°C and the summer temperature rises up to 10°C. Precipitation is mainly in the form of snowfall.

SSLC Geography Chapter 2 Important Questions Climatic Regions and Climate Change

Question 60.
What are the two main causes of climate change?
Answer:
The two main causes of climate change are natural causes (like volcanic activity! Earth’s movements) and anthropogenic (human-made) causes such as industrialisation, deforestation, and urbanisation.

Question 61.
What is the timescale of climate change?
Answer:
Climate change can occur over a few years to millions of years.

Question 62.
Can natural climate change be controlled by humans?
Answer:
No, natural climate change resulting from internal Earth processes cannot be controlled by human efforts.

Question 63.
How does climate change affect different climatic zones?
Answer:
Climate change can alter rainfall, temperature, and wind patterns, which can destabilise climate zones and disturb the ecological balance.

From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

Students often refer to SCERT Class 10 Social Science Notes Kerala Syllabus and Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Notes Questions and Answers English Medium that include all exercises in the prescribed syllabus.

SSLC Geography Chapter 3 Notes Pdf English Medium From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost

SCERT Class 10 Social Science Geography Chapter 3 From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Notes Question Answer Kerala Syllabus

Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 Notes Kerala Syllabus From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost

Question 1.
From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 1
a. Which continents does the Equatorial climatic region spread across?
b. Identify the places that belong to this climatic region.
From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 2
c. To which heat zone does this climatic region belong?
d. Identify the countries that are included in the equatorial climatic regions of continents like Asia, Africa, and South America, and complete the table provided.
Answer:
a. The Equatorial Climatic Region, as shown in the map, spreads across the following continents:

  • South America
  • Africa
  • Asia
  • Australia (specifically parts of the islands near northern Australia)

These regions are located along the equator, between the Tropic of Cancer (231/2° N) and the Tropic of Capricorn (231/2° S), and experience hot and humid conditions throughout the year.

b. The places that belong to the Equatorial Climatic Region, as shown in the map, include:
Amazon Basin – Located in South America, primarily in countries like Brazil, Colombia, Peru, and Ecuador.

Central Africa – Encompassing the Congo Basin and surrounding regions in countries like the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Republic of the Congo, Gabon, Equatorial Guinea, Cameroon, and parts of Uganda and Kenya.

South-East Asia – including countries such as Indonesia, Malaysia, Brunei, Papua New Guinea, and parts of the Philippines and Thailand.

Islands near Northern Australia, including Papua New Guinea and nearby islands within the equatorial zone.

c. Equatorial Climatic Region belongs to the Torrid Zone (also known as the Tropical Zone).
This zone lies between the Tropic of Cancer (231/2° N) and the Tropic of Capricorn (231/2° S). It receives direct sunlight throughout the year, resulting in consistently high temperatures and a hot, humid climate characteristic of equatorial regions.

Continents Countries
Asia • Indonesia
• Malaysia
• Brunei
• Sri Lanka
Africa • Democratic Republic of Congo
• Equatorial Guinea
• Somalia
• Madagascar
South America • Brazil
• Colombia
• Peru
• Ecuador

Question 2.
Mark the places that belong to the equatorial region on the outline map of the world and include it in My Own Atlas.
Answer:
From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 1

From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

Question 3.
Why is this climatic region called the equatorial climatic region?
Answer:
This climatic region is called the equatorial climatic region because it lies along the Equator, the imaginary line at 0° latitude that divides the Earth into the Northern and Southern Hemispheres. In this region, the Sun’s rays fall directly overhead throughout the year, resulting in consistently high temperatures and intense solar heating. As a result, the area experiences heavy rainfall, high humidity, and a hot, wet climate year-round. These unique climatic conditions are characteristic of regions near the equator, which is why the name “equatorial climatic region” is used.

Question 4.
How does convectional rainfall occur? What are the features of convectional rainfall? Discuss in the classroom and prepare a note.
Answer:
Convectional rainfall occurs mainly in hot regions, especially near the equator, where the sun’s heat is
intense throughout the year. During the day, the sun heats the Earth’s surface, which in turn warms the air above it. This warm air becomes lighter and rises into the atmosphere. As the air rises, it cools down, and the water vapour in it condenses to form clouds. When these clouds become heavy with moisture, they release the water as rainfall. This type of rainfall usually occurs in the afternoon and is often accompanied by thunder and lightning. Although it lasts for a short period, convectional rainfall is usually heavy and intense.

Question 5.
Does Kerala experience convectional rainfall, and in which months.
Answer:
Yes, Kerala experiences convectional rainfall, especially during the summer months from March to May, which is the pre-monsoon period. During this time, the intense heat causes the land surface to warm up quickly. As a result, the air above the ground becomes hot and rises. As this warm air rises, it cools and the moisture in it condenses to form thick clouds. When these clouds become heavy, they bring short but intense rainfall, often accompanied by thunder and lightning. This type of rainfall usually occurs in the afternoons or evenings and is a typical feature of convectional rainfall in Kerala before the arrival of the southwest monsoon.

Question 6.
The following diagrams represent the distribution of annual rainfall and temperature recorded in two different places of the equatorial climatic region. Analyse the diagrams and answer the questions that follow.
From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 3
a. Find the highest and the lowest mean monthly temperatures for each place.
b. What is the annual range of temperature at each place?
c. Is there any month that does not receive rainfall?
Answer:
a. Kuala Lumpur: Highest: 26.3°C (May), Lowest: 25.1°C (January and December)
Bogota: Highest: 13.3°C (September), Lowest: 12.6°C (December)

b. To calculate the annual range, subtract the lowest mean monthly temperature from the highest:
Kuala Lumpur: 26.3°C – 25.1 °C = 1,2°C
Bogota: 13.3°C – 12.6°C = 0.7°C

c. Kuala Lumpur: No. All months receive rainfall. The lowest is 174 mm (February and June).
Bogota: No. All months receive rainfall. The lowest is 31 mm (August).

Question 7.
Why is Kilimanjaro snow-covered throughout the year?
Answer:
Mount Kilimanjaro is snow-covered throughout the year because it is a very high mountain, even though it is located near the equator in Tanzania, Africa. It rises to a height of about 5,895 meters (19,341 feet) above sea level. As altitude increases, the temperature decreases – this is known as the lapse rate. At such high altitudes, the temperatures are very low, often falling below freezing, which causes snow and ice to form and remain at the summit all year round. So, even though the base of the mountain is warm, the peak stays cold and snow-covered due to its great height.

Question 8.
With the help of information technology, create a digital album containing the pictures of fauna in the equatorial climatic region.
Answer:
Hints:
From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 4

From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

Question 9.
With the help of information technology, prepare a table containing a list of major plantation crops in the equatorial climatic region and the corresponding areas where they are grown.
Answer:

Plantation Crop Main Areas Grown
Rubber Malaysia, Indonesia, Thailand, Congo (Africa)
Oil Palm Nigeria, Indonesia, Malaysia, Cameroon, Colombia
Cocoa (Chocolate) Ghana, Ivory Coast, Nigeria, Brazil, Ecuador
Coffee Brazil, Colombia, Ethiopia, Uganda, Indonesia
Banana Ecuador, Colombia, Costa Rica, Philippines
Sugarcane Brazil, Indonesia, Philippines, Thailand
Tea Kenya, Sri Lanka, India (Assam), Indonesia
Coconut Philippines, Indonesia, India, Sri Lanka
Spices (e.g., Pepper, Nutmeg) India (Kerala), Indonesia, Sri Lanka

Question 10.
With the help of information technology, find out the major cities in the equatorial climatic region. Locate them on an outline map of the world and include it in ‘My Own Atlas’.
Answer:
(Hints: Major cities in the equatorial climatic region are typically located near the Equator (between 10°N and 10°S latitude) and experience high temperatures and heavy rainfall year-round. Here are some notable cities in this region:

  1. Singapore – Singapore
  2. Jakarta – Indonesia
  3. Kuala Lumpur – Malaysia
  4. Kinshasa – Democratic Republic of the Congo
  5. Kampala – Uganda
  6. Quito – Ecuador
  7. Manaus – Brazil

Question 11.
By utilizing the possibilities of information technology, collect news on forest fires in the Amazon forests from the media and prepare a note on it. Present the same in your classroom.
Answer:
(Hints: collect news and images as shown below)
From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 5
Amazon fires
The Amazon rainforest is facing serious forest fires in 2025. These fires are destroying large parts of the forest, harming plants, animals, and people. Most of the fires are caused by human activities like cutting down trees and burning land for farming. Climate change also makes the forest drier, which increases the chances of fires. These fires are dangerous because they destroy animal homes, pollute the air with smoke, and make global warming worse by releasing carbon dioxide. The Amazon is very important because it helps keep the Earth’s climate balanced. To help, governments, communities, and many countries are working together to stop illegal tree cutting and protect the forest. We must all do our part to save the Amazon and our planet.

Question 12.
Use information technology to gather details on the challenges faced by equatorial rainforests. Lead a discussion on the topic.
Answer:
Equatorial rainforests, like the Amazon, face many challenges today. People cut down too many trees for wood, farming, and building. This is called deforestation, and it harms animals, plants, and the people who live in the forests. Pollution and climate change are also big problems. They make the forests hotter and drier, which is not good for the trees and animals. Some forests are also hurt by mining and building roads. If we don’t protect these forests, we could lose many plants and animals forever. Using technology like the internet, scientists and people around the world are sharing ideas to help save these forests.

Question 13.
My intense longing for many years to see the northernmost town in the world has finally brought me to Longyearbyen, a town in the Svalbard Islands located north of Norway in the Arctic Sea. The Svalbard Islands, covered by snow throughout the year, are part of Norway. This mining town, inhabited by more than a thousand people, is considered the northernmost settlement in the world. The conditions in this region and the way people live here will generate both astonishment and curiosity in anyone. Is it necessary to specify how amazing the experiences in this part of the world are for someone like me, especially coming from the equatorial region? The day I arrived, there was heavy snowfall. Every year, from mid-November to January, this town experiences seemingly everlasting nights. Those living here must adjust their lives during this period, known as the polar night. When they go out for work during the day, they must wear reflective clothing over their usual woollen clothes to be recognized in the darkness. One of nature’s wonders that can be witnessed here is the Northern Lights. As I gazed at the multi-coloured sky and the snow-covered mountains reflecting the same sky, I stood still, forgetting everything around me.

a. What features have you noticed here that are different from those in the equatorial region?
b. By using an atlas, find the location of the town of Longyearbyen and identify the climatic region to which this town belongs.
Answer:

  • Snowfall – Longyearbyen has snow all year; equatorial regions do not.
  • Polar night – Months of darkness in winter, unlike the equator.
  • Cold climate – Freezing temperatures, unlike the warm equatorial climate.
  • Woollen clothes – Needed for warmth; not required in hot regions.
  • Northern Lights – Visible here but not near the equator.

b. Location of Longyearbyen:

  • Longyeacbyen is located on the Svalbard Islands in the Arctic Ocean, north of Norway.
  • It lies around 78° North latitude and 15° East longitude.

Climatic Region:

  • Longyearbyen belongs to the Polar Climate (also called the Arctic Climate).
  • This region is known for very cold temperatures, snow-covered landscapes, and long, dark winters.

Question 14.
Examine the map given below and write down the regions marked on the map.
From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 6
Answer:

  • Ice cap
  • Tundra Climatic Region

From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

Question 15.
Have you identified the location of the Tundra region? Now, find the continents over which the Tundra region spreads. Complete the table given below.
From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 7
Answer:

Places Continents
1. Siberia Asia
2. Greenland North America
3. Iceland Europe
4. North Scandinavia Europe
5. North Canada North America
6. Alaska North America

Question 16.
a. In which months is the apparent position of the sun in the Northern Hemisphere?
b. In which months is the apparent position of the sun in the Southern Hemisphere?
c. How long are the nights and days during these periods at the Poles?
Answer:
a. April to September

b. October to March

c. At the North Pole, there is continuous daylight (24 hours) from March to September and continuous night (24 hours) from September to March. At the South Pole, it is the opposite – daylight from September to March and night from March to September.

Question 17.
The following diagram represents the average annual temperature and rainfall recorded at a place in the Tundra region. Analyse the diagram using the indicators given below.
From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 8
Indicators
a. Month that receives the maximum rainfall
b. Month that receives the minimum rainfall
c. Month in which the maximum average temperature is recorded
d. Month in which the minimum average temperature is recorded
e. The maximum average temperature and the minimum average temperature
f. The Annual range of temperature
Answer:
a. August
b. February
c. July
d. February
e. 6.4°C in July and -23.4°C in February
f. 6.4°C – (-23.4°C) = 29.8°C

Question 18.
With the help of information technology, create a digital picture album of animals found in the Tundra region.
Answer:
From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 9

Question 19.
With the help of an atlas, identify the regions where each tribal group lives in Tundra and mark these regions on an outline map of the world. Write the name of each tribal group appropriately on the map. Include this map in My Own Atlas.
Answer:
(Hints)

Tribal Group Region Continent
Inuit Northern Canada, Greenland, Alaska North America
Sami Northern Norway, Sweden, Finland, and part of Russia (Scandinavia) Europe
Chukchi Siberia (Northeastern Russia) Asia
Yakuts (Sakha) Central and Eastern Siberia Asia
Nenets Northern Russia (Arctic coast) Asia

Marking on the Outline World Map

  • Print or use a blank world map (outline).
  • Shade or mark the Arctic region with a light color.

In each tundra area, write the name of the tribal group clearly:

  • Mark Inuit across Alaska, Canada, and Greenland.
  • Mark Sami in northern Scandinavia.
  • Mark Chukchi, Yakuts, and Nenets in different parts of northern Russia.

Add a title:

  • “Tribal Groups of the Tundra Region”
  • Optional: Add a legend (key) with colored dots or shapes for each group.

Question 20.
With the help of information technology, prepare a note on the topic ‘The Challenges Posed by Climate Change in the Tundra Region’. Present it in the classroom.
Answer:
Climate change is causing serious problems in the Tundra region. The ground in this region, called permafrost, is always frozen, but due to global warming, it is starting to melt. This can damage buildings, roads, and also release harmful gases into the air. Animals like polar bears, reindeer, and arctic foxes are losing their homes because the ice and snow they depend on are disappearing. The natural plants of the Tundra are changing too, which affects the food chain. Indigenous people, like the Inuit, who live by hunting and fishing, are also facing difficulties as their traditional ways of life are being affected. The region is also seeing stronger storms and more extreme weather. All these changes show how important it is to protect the Tundra from the harmful effects of climate change.

Question 21.
Haven’t you read the imaginary travel memoirs included in the chapter? Imagine that you are the expeditioner travelling from the Equatorial region to the Tundra. Prepare a travelogue comparing these two regions based on the indicators given below. Make it attractive by including appropriate pictures.
• Climate
• Flora and Fauna
• Human Life
• Challenges faced by each region
Answer:
(Hints: Based on the comparisons given below, you can prepare a travelogue and also can add images suitable for the following)
1. Climate:
• Equatorial Region:
a. Hot, humid, and tropical all year round.
b. Regular rainfall and high temperatures (25 – 30°C / 77 – 86°F).
c. Little variation in seasons.

• Tundra:
a. Extremely cold with long winters and short, cool summers.
b. Temperature often below freezing; permafrost.
c. Snowfall is common, and the wind is harsh.

2. Flora and Fauna:
• Equatorial Region:
a. Lush, dense rainforests with towering trees, ferns, and flowering plants.
b. Rich biodiversity: monkeys, exotic birds (parrots, toucans), insects, reptiles, etc.
c. Warm, stable climate supports diverse ecosystems.

• Tundra:
a. Sparse vegetation: moss, lichens, grasses, and low shrubs.
b. Animals are adapted to extreme cold: Arctic foxes, polar bears, reindeer, migratory birds,
c. Short growing seasons limit plant growth.

3. Human Life:
• Equatorial Region:
a. Dense populations near forests and rivers.
b. Communities rely on agriculture, fishing, and forest resources.
c. Life affected by heat, humidity, and tropical diseases.

• Tundra:
a. Small, scattered human settlements, often indigenous peoples (e.g., Inuit).
b. Subsistence hunting, fishing, and some nomadic lifestyles.
c. Survival depends on adapting to extreme cold and maintaining warmth.

4. Challenges Faced:
• Equatorial Region:
a. High humidity, heat, and diseases like malaria.
b. Thick jungles make travel difficult.
c. Constant rainfall and flooding can disrupt daily life.

• Tundra:
a. Extreme cold, lack of shelter, and freezing temperatures.
b. Limited food sources and harsh winters.
c. Long periods of darkness during winter and constant winds.

From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

Std 10 Geography Chapter 3 Notes Kerala Syllabus – Extended Activities

Question 1.
Conduct a seminar in your class on the topic “Human Life in the Equatorial Climatic Region and the Tundra Region.”
Answer:
(Hints)
Good morning everyone,
Today I am going to talk about how people live in two very different parts of the world – the Equatorial Climatic Region and the Tundra Region. These places are almost opposites in tenns of weather and lifestyle.

1. The Equatorial Climatic Region
Where is it?
It is found near the equator. Countries like Brazil (South America), Congo (Africa), and Indonesia (Asia) are part of this region.

What is the climate like?
Very hot and wet all year round
Heavy rainfall
Dense forests called rainforests

How do people live here?
Many people live in small villages.
Houses are made on stilts to avoid floods.
People mostly farm and grow crops like bananas, rice, and cocoa.
They travel by rivers or walk through the forests.
Clothes are light because of the hot weather.

Challenges:
Too much rain can damage crops.
Insects and wild animals are common.

2. The Tundra Region
Where is it?
Found in the far north near the Arctic Circle – places like northern Canada, Alaska, Russia, and Greenland.

What is the climate like?
Very cold and dry
Covered with snow most of the year
Short summers, long winters
Trees do not grow here

How do people live here?
People like the Inuit live here.
Houses used to be made from ice blocks (igloos), but now they also have modem homes.
They wear thick clothes made from animal skin.
They hunt animals like seals and fish for food.
Snowmobiles and sleds are used for transport.

Challenges:
Very harsh weather
Hard to grow food – they depend on hunting and modem supplies

Conclusion:
Even though the Equatorial region is hot and rainy and the Tundra region is cold and snowy, people have learned to live in both places. They use the resources around them and adjust their homes, clothes, and food to survive.

Thank you

Question 2.
With the help of information technology, create a digital album containing pictures that illustrate the lifestyles of tribes in the Equatorial Climatic Region and the Tundra Region. Make a comparative study of their lifestyles.
Answer:
(Hints)
Page 1: Cover Page: Title: Life of Tribes in the Equatorial and Tundra Regions

Page 2: Introduction

  • A few lines introducing both climatic regions
  • Show a world map marking the Equator and the Arctic Circle

Page 3 – 5: Equatorial Region Tribes
Example Tribe: Yanomami (Amazon Rainforest)
Images: Forest, stilt houses, tribal people, river boats
Lifestyle points:

  • Live in large family groups in the rainforest
  • Hunt, fish, and gather fruits
  • Use blowpipes and arrows for hunting
  • Wear light clothes or no clothes due to hot weather
  • Houses made from wood and leaves

Page 6 – 8: Tundra Region Tribes
Example Tribe: Inuit (Arctic Region)
Images: Snow-covered land, igloos, fur clothing, sled dogs

Lifestyle points:

  • Live in icy and snowy areas
  • Wear clothes made from animal skin for warmth
  • Eat fish, seals, and caribou
  • Travel using sleds and snowmobiles
  • Homes are modern now, but igloos were used earlier

Page 9: Comparison based on the above points (can add tables)

Page 10: Conclusion

Question 3.
Prepare a note comparing the climate of both the Equatorial Climatic Region and the Tundra Region. Answer:

Feature Equatorial climatic region Tundra region
Location Near the Equator (0° latitude) Near the North Pole (Arctic Circle)
Temperature Always hot (25°C to 30°C) Always cold (can go below -30°C in winter)
Rainfall Heavy rainfall all year round Very little rainfall or snow
Seasons No real seasons – hot and wet all year Long winters and short, cool summers
Sunlight Almost 12 hours of sunlight every day Very little sunlight in winter, long days in summer
Humidity Very high – the air feels wet and sticky Very low – dry and cold air
Wind Calm winds, but storms can happen Cold, strong winds blow across the land

Question 4.
Prepare a pictorial description of the Northern Lights after collecting more information about it.
Present it in the classroom.
Answer:
(Hints)
Slide 1: What Are the Northern Lights?
Picture: Sky glowing with green, purple, and pink waves
“The Northern Lights, or Aurora Borealis, are glowing lights in the night sky. They look like dancing ribbons and happen near the North Pole!”

Slide 2: How Do They Happen?
Picture: Diagram showing the sun, Earth, and light reaching the poles
“The sun sends out tiny particles called solar wind. When these touch the Earth’s air near the North Pole, the sky lights up!”

Slide 3: What Colors Do You See?
Picture: Northern Lights in green, purple, and red
“You can see green, purple, blue, or even red lights. The colors depend on which gas the particles bump into in the sky.”

Slide 4: Where Can You See Them?
Picture: Map showing places like Alaska, Norway, Canada, etc.
“You can see them best in Alaska, Canada, Norway, Finland, and other Arctic places – especially on dark, cold nights.”

Slide 5: Cool Facts!
Picture: Aurora + Inuit people + snowy land
“In olden times, people thought the lights were spirits dancing in the sky!”
“There are also Southern Lights in Antarctica – called Aurora Australis!”

Question 5.
Conduct a debate on the topic ‘The Challenges faced by the Equatorial Rainforests’.
Answer:
(Hints)
For the Motion (Challenges are serious):

  • Deforestation – Trees are cut down for farming, mining, and roads.
  • Loss of biodiversity – Animals and plants lose their homes and may go extinct.
  • Climate change – Fewer trees means more carbon dioxide in the air.
  • Soil erosion – Without trees, soil gets washed away easily.
  • Illegal logging – Many trees are cut without permission, harming the forest.
  • Tribal displacement – Indigenous people are forced to leave their land.
  • Pollution – Industries pollute rivers and the air in forest areas.

Against the Motion (There are ways to manage the challenges):

  • Economic needs – Forest land is used for jobs, farming, and development.
  • Sustainable logging – Trees can be cut and replanted responsibly.
  • Eco-tourism – Rainforests attract tourists, helping local economies.
  • Technology and research – Scientists are finding new ways to protect forests.
  • Conservation efforts – Many countries have laws to protect forests.
  • Global awareness – More people now care and take action for rainforests.
  • Balancing development and nature – Smart planning can help both people and the environment.

From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Class 10 Notes Pdf

  • One of the salient features of the equatorial climate is that the temperature remains more or less the same throughout the year.
  • In the equatorial region, there is no significant variation in the annual and diurnal ranges of temperature.
  • There is no winter in the equatorial climatic region.
  • The atmospheric disturbances caused by the convergence of air currents in the Doldrums occasionally lead to intermittent rainfall of cyclonic origin.
  • The annual rainfall in the equatorial region is between 175 cm and 250 cm.
  • Luxuriant forests, called tropical rainforests, are one of the salient features of the equatorial climatic region.
  • The rainforest found in the Amazon Basin is called Selvas.
  • In the equatorial climatic region, there is no particular season for seeding, flowering, fruiting, and shedding leaves.
  • The Pygmies of Africa, the Indian tribes of the Amazon Basin, and the Orang Asli of Malaysia are some of the important native groups of equatorial region.
  • Sleeping sickness is a type of disease found in equatorial rainforests.
  • The equatorial climatic region is rich in the diversity of wildlife.
  • The Tundra region is located to the north of the Taiga region.
  • Tundra region spreads along the Arctic coasts of North America and Eurasia, and of Greenland.
  • The Tundra region can be categorised into Arctic Tundra and Alpine Tundra.
  • The Tundra climatic region is also called the Arctic or Polar Climate.
  • The climate of the Tundra is characterised by a very low mean annual temperature.
  • The Tundra is a sparsely populated region. Human life in this region is largely confined to the coast.

INTRODUCTION

This chapter, ‘From the rainy forests to the land of permafrost,’ takes us through two contrasting climatic regions: the Equatorial Climatic Region and the Tundra Region. The Equatorial Climatic Region, situated near the Equator, is characterised by a consistently hot and humid climate with heavy rainfall throughout the year. This creates ideal conditions for the growth of dense tropical rainforests, which are home to a rich diversity of plant and animal life. The people living in this region, such as the indigenous Yanomami of the Amazon, rely heavily on the forest for sustenance, using the land for farming, hunting, and fishing. In stark contrast, the Tundra Region, located near the Earth’s poles, experiences extreme cold and is covered by permafrost, or permanently frozen soil. Due to the harsh climate, only hardy plants like mosses and lichens can survive here. Human life in the tundra, particularly for the Inuit people, is shaped by the need for warm clothing, sheltered homes like igloos, and a reliance on hunting and fishing to sustain life. This chapter explores how these two regions, each with its unique climate and natural vegetation, have shaped the way humans live and adapt to their environments.

Equatorial Climatic Region

  • One of the salient features of the equatorial climate is that the temperature remains more or less the same throughout the year.
  • In the equatorial region, there is no significant variation in the annual and diurnal ranges of temperature.
  • There is no winter in the equatorial climatic region.
  • The high rate of insolation received here causes consistently high temperature.
  • The equatorial climatic region is the region where the rainfall is heavy and well-distributed throughout the year.
  • The annual rainfall in this region is between 175 cm and 250 cm.
  • The atmospheric disturbances caused by the convergence of air currents in the Doldrums occasionally lead to intermittent rainfall of cyclonic origin.

Natural Vegetation in Equatorial Climatic Region

  • Luxuriant forests, called tropical rainforests, are one of the salient features of the equatorial climatic region.
  • The rainforest found in the Amazon Basin is called Selvas.
  • In this climatic region, there is no particular season for seeding, flowering, fruiting, and shedding leaves.
  • Another significant feature of these rainforests is that multiple species coexist in a particular area.
  • The equatorial climatic region is rich in the diversity of wildlife.
  • In equatorial rainforests, the forest is cleared at certain places for shifting cultivation.
  • Due to the physical conditions prevalent in the equatorial climatic region, this area is sparsely populated.
  • The Pygmies of Africa, the Indian tribes of the Amazon Basin, and the Orang Asli of Malaysia are some of the important native groups of this region.
  • Sleeping sickness is a type of disease found in equatorial rainforests.

Tundra Region

  • The Tundra region is located to the north of the Taiga region.
  • Tundra region spreads along the Arctic coasts of North America and Eurasia, and of Greenland.
  • The Tundra region can be categorised into Arctic Tundra and Alpine Tundra.
  • The Tundra climatic region is also called the Arctic or Polar Climate.
  • The climate of the Tundra is characterised by a very low mean annual temperature.
  • One of the features of this region is that during the period when the sun’s apparent position is in the Northern Hemisphere, the North Pole experiences day for around six months.
  • In contrast, during the period when the sun’s apparent position is in the Southern Hemisphere, the North Pole experiences night for around six months.
  • During winter, they live in houses called igloos, and in summer, they migrate to other places for hunting and fishing.

From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

EQUATORIAL CLIMATIC REGION

  • One of the salient features of the equatorial climate is that the temperature remains more or less the same throughout the year.
  • In the equatorial region, there is no significant variation in the annual and diurnal ranges of temperature.
  • There is no winter in the equatorial climatic region.
  • The high rate of insolation received here causes consistently high temperature.
  • The equatorial climatic region is the region where the rainfall is heavy and well-distributed throughout the year.
  • The annual rainfall in this region is betw een 175 cm and 250 cm.

One of the salient features of the equatorial climate is that the temperature remains more or less the same throughout the year. In the equatorial region, there is no significant variation in the annual and diurnal ranges of temperature. The mean monthly temperature and the mean annual temperature are both around 27 degrees Celsius. The high rate of insolation received here causes consistently high temperature. Because of this, the region does not experience winter. The mornings experience a moderate temperature, but as the day progresses, it increases considerably. This significant rise in temperature causes a high rate of evaporation, followed by heavy downpours of convectional rain in the afternoons.

The equatorial climatic region is the region where the rainfall is heavy and well-distributed throughout the year. The annual rainfall in this region is between 175 cm and 250 cm. High temperature and high rate of evaporation are the reasons for the heavy rainfall. Along with convectional rainfall, orographic rainfall is also received in certain places. It is the mountainous areas of Indonesia and Africa where orographic rainfall is experienced.

  • The atmospheric disturbances caused by the convergence of air currents in the Doldrums occasionally lead to intermittent rainfall of cyclonic origin.
  • Unlike in the monsoon climate or the savanna region, there is no distinct dry season in the equatorial climatic region. This is due to the abundant rainfall received in the equatorial region throughout the year.

Do you know?
The local wind called Harmattan blowing along the Guinea coast during the night reduces the temperature of that region.

Doldrums
The equatorial region receives a high rate of insolation throughout the year. As a result, a low- pressure region develops along the equator. Horizontal movement of air is minimal in this region. This region is called the doldrums. It is also where the trade winds from both hemispheres converges.

In spite of being situated in the equatorial climatic region, Kilimanjaro, the highest mountain peak in Africa, is snow-covered throughout the year. Excessive humidity, high rates of insolation and intense heat make the days in the equatorial climatic region quite oppressive. However, the moderating effect of winds blowing from the sea brings some relief to the coastal areas. As a result, coastal regions tend to be more populated. The significant features of the equatorial climatic region include consistently high temperature and heavy rainfall throughout the year. The high temperature and abundant rainfall in this region pave the way for luxuriant vegetation growth.

NATURAL VEGETATION IN EQUATORIAL CLIMATIC REGION

  • Luxuriant forests, called tropical rainforests, are one of the salient features of the equatorial climatic region.
  • The rainforest found in the Amazon Basin is called Selvas.
  • In this climatic region, there is no particular season for seeding, flowering, fruiting, and shedding leaves.
  • Another significant feature of these rainforests is that multiple species coexist in a particular area.
  • The equatorial climatic region is rich in the diversity of wildlife.

These forests spread over the Amazon Basin in South America, West-Central Africa, Indonesia, the Malay Peninsula, and New Guinea. In this climatic region, there is no particular season for seeding, flowering, fruiting, and shedding leaves. As these processes occur year-round in the tropical rainforest, it remains evergreen throughout the year. Hence, these rainforests are also called equatorial evergreen forests.

A wide variety of evergreen trees, including ebony, mahogany, cinchona, rosewood, and others, are seen abundantly in these forests. Besides large trees, smaller palms, climbing plants like lianas, epiphytes like orchids, numerous parasitic plants, ferns, and grasses like Lalang grow luxuriantly here. It has been estimated that in the Malaysian rainforests, as many as 200 species of plants may be found in an acre of forest.

  • Plants grow to varying heights depending on the availability of sunlight.
  • Trees form canopies at different levels, according to their heights.

From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 10
These evergreen rainforests absorb carbon dioxide and produce oxygen at a massive rate. As a result, these forests are often referred to as the ‘Lungs of the World’.

  • In equatorial rainforests, the forest is cleared at certain places for shifting cultivation.
  • When these clearings are abandoned after cultivation, less luxuriant secondary forests spring up. Such secondary forests are called ‘belukar’ in Malaysia. In the coastal areas and brackish swamps, mangrove forests thrive.

The equatorial climatic region is rich in the diversity of wildlife. Because of the climatic characteristics of this region, most of the wildlife thrive in trees. The animals which spend most of their lives in trees are called arboreal animals.

Since sufficient sunlight does not penetrate to the floor in these dense forests, undergrowth is absent. As a result, herbivores that feed on this undergrowth are not commonly seen. Consequently, carnivores that prey on them are also negligible in number.

Wildlife in this region includes lemurs, chimpanzees, orangutans, tree-dwelling reptiles, hippopotamuses, alligators, and many birds such as parrots, toucan and hornbills.

HUMAN LIFE

  • The relationship between humans and their environment plays a crucial role in shaping human life.
  • Due to the physical conditions prevalent in the equatorial climatic region, this area is sparsely populated.
  • The Pygmies of Africa, the Indian tribes of the Amazon Basin, and the Orang Asli of Malaysia are some of the important native groups of this region.

Pygmies

Pygmies are the indigenous people found in different parts of Africa, especially in the Congo Basin. They are comparatively short-statured. Traditionally, they live by hunting and heavily depend on the forest for subsistence. They also gather fruits, pulses, honey and other forest resources for food. Their diet includes meat, fish, roots and fruits. They follow a nomadic lifestyle and often live in small temporary huts made of leaves and branches. Pygmies live in groups. Decisions are also made collectively. They follow their traditional rituals strictly. Their rituals and beliefs are closely related to the environment. Indigenous musical instruments, music and dance are important parts of their culture.

The tribes living in these rainforests sustain themselves by hunting animals, gathering nuts and fruits, and fishing. The traditional method of cultivation practised here is shifting cultivation, also known as slash-and-burn agriculture. Crops are grown after clearing a forest area by cutting and burning the trees. Cultivation continues until the land loses its fertility.

Once the soil becomes infertile, the tribes move to another forest area, leaving the previous clearings behind, and repeat the same process. Crops such as manioc (tapioca), yam, maize, bananas, and groundnuts are primarily grown through shifting cultivation.

With the arrival of Europeans, plantation agriculture was started extensively. The prevailing climate in this region has proven to be highly favourable for the cultivation of certain crops that are highly significant for industrial purposes. An important crop among them is rubber. Malaysia and Indonesia are the leading rubber-producing countries in the world.

  • Another plantation crop widely cultivated in the equatorial climatic region is cocoa.
  • Other major plantation crops extensively grown here include oil palm, coconuts, sugarcane, coffee, tea, bananas, and pineapples.
  • Most of the natives in the equatorial climatic region are nomads. Most houses are built with locally available resources.

Most of the people living in the equatorial climatic region are either primitive tribes or nomads, residing in houses built with wood and stones. On the contrary, there are many beautiful tourist destinations and modem cities here. Cities like Equitas, Quito Bogota, Singapore, Jakarta, and Manaus and Belem cities of Amazon basin are a few examples. In Malaysia, Singapore, and Eastern Brazil, significant development has also been made through systematic planning and hard work.

Shelters in the Amazon and Malaysian Equatorial Region
In the Amazon Basin, people live in a distinct type of house called Maloca. Malocas have steep-sided slanting roofs. Houses thatched with coconut leaves are also seen here. Villages in the equatorial regions of Malaysia are called Kampongs. Houses are mainly made of wood here. As the houses are constructed with wood, bamboo, and leaves, extreme heat is not felt inside these houses.

Challenges faced by Human life
Though the equatorial climatic region is blessed with rich forests, numerous rivers, abundant water, and scenic beauty, it encounters many challenges. The hot and wet equatorial climate is highly supportive of plant growth. At the same time, it also encourages the spread of insects and pests. As germs and bacteria are more easily transmitted through moist air, this leads to a widespread occurrence of diseases in the region. The spread of insects and pests is also harmful to crops.

  • In modern cities, most of the equatorial climatic region is devoid of basic amenities. The thick, luxuriant forest hinders the development of this region.
  • It is too difficult and expensive to construct and maintain roads and railway lines through these dense forests and over swamps. Lalang (tall grasses) and thick undergrowth spring up as soon as the trees are cut. It often adversely affects the cultivation of crops too.
  • Wild animals, disease-spreading insects, and poisonous creatures pose a threat to the lives of those engaged in construction work in these forest areas.
  • Many remote parts of the Amazon Basin, the Congo, and Borneo lack modem communication systems even today. The rivers form the only natural highways.
  • Although equatorial climatic regions are blessed with thick forests, commercial extraction remains challenging. The density of forest and the difficulty of transporting logs hinder commercial lumbering. Additionally, the hardwoods are too heavy to be floated down the streams.

Livestock rearing is not a primary subsistence activity in most parts of this climatic region due to the absence of grazing land as well as insect attacks on the animals. The equatorial rainforests play a crucial role in making the world’s climate sustainable. About one-third of the world’s total forests are located in three regions: the Amazon Basin, the Congo Basin, and Southeast Asia. These forests, which play a significant role in influencing the world’s climate, face numerous threats of deforestation in many ways.

Another issue encountered by this region is human-induced forest deterioration. Human activities such as agriculture, construction, urbanisation, and mining are alarmingly destroying these forests.

Sleeping Sickness
Sleeping sickness is a type of disease found in equatorial rainforests. It is spread through Tsc Tsc flies. Another fatal disease in the equatorial rainforests is yellow fever, caused by mosquitoes.
From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 11

From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

TUNDRA REGION

  • The Tundra region is located to the north of the Taiga region.
  • Tundra region spreads along the Arctic coasts of North America and Eurasia, and of Greenland.
  • The Tundra region can be categorised into Arctic Tundra and Alpine Tundra.
  • The Tundra climatic region is also called the Arctic or Polar Climate.
  • The climate of the Tundra is characterised by a very low mean annual temperature.
  • One of the features of this region is that during the period when the sun’s apparent position is in the Northern Hemisphere, the North Pole experiences day for around six months.

The Tundra region can be categorised into Arctic Tundra and Alpine Tundra. Identify from the table below the regions to which each type of Tundra belongs:

Arctic Tundra Alpine Tundra
In parts located to the north of Taiga in Alaska, Northern Canada, Siberia, Greenland, Iceland, Scandinavia In high mountainous regions

The polar climate is characterised by short summers and long winters. The climate of the Tundra is characterised by a very low mean annual temperature. In mid-winter, temperature falls between -25 and -35 degrees Celsius and the temperature in the interior parts of the Tundra falls still lower. Summers are short here during whieh, a few weeks have-the temperature rising above 0 degrees Celsius. The sun never sets for weeks in the area between the Arctic Circle and the Pole. Likewise, the sun never rises for weeks in this area either.

  • One of the features of this region is that during the period when the sun’s apparent position is in the Northern Hemisphere, the North Pole experiences day for around six months.
  • In contrast, during the period when the sun’s apparent position is in the Southern Hemisphere, the North Pole experiences night for around six months.

During winter, the precipitation is in the form of snow. The coastal areas where cyclones are strong have much heavier rainfall. The strong snowstorms that blow over this region are called blizzards. They often cause heavier snowfall.

NATURAL VEGETATION
The natural vegetation is scanty in this region due to insufficient in sunlight and long winters. The diversity of fauna is also scanty here. Trees are normally absent in the Tundra region due to the challenges posed by the climate. Mosses, lichens, sedges, and bushes are commonly found here. Dwarf willows and stunted birches withstand the harsh climatic conditions and survive in certain places. Some hardy grasses grow in the coastal lowlands where favourable conditions prevail. Herbivores like reindeer make survival possible here only by depending on these pastures.

  • Even though summer is very short in the Tundra, which is covered by snow throughout the year, this region becomes active with the onset of summer.
  • In brief summer, as the snow melts, bushes start bearing berries, and flowers begin to bloom. Birds migrate to the Tundra during this period from the south to prey on insects that come out at this time. Arctic foxes, wolves, polar bears, musk-oxen, and arctic hares are the other animals found here.

From The Rainy Forests to The Land of Permafrost Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 12

HUMAN LIFE IN TUNDRA REGION

  • The Tundra is a sparsely populated region. Human life in this region is largely confined to the coast.
  • Plateaus and mountains are permanently snow-covered, making them uninhabitable.
  • The Tundra is mainly inhabited by some nomadic tribes.

Hunting and fishing are the major activities for subsistence by the people of the Tundra. Whales, seals, caribou, various kinds of fish, birds, and furbearing animals provide them with everything they need for food and clothing. Their bones and other parts are used as weapons, tools, and even utensils. The Polar Eskimos of Greenland still lead a primitive lifestyle, not very much different from their forefathers.

Different tribes in the tundra and the regions they belong to:

Greenland, North Canada, Alaska Eskimos or Inuit
North Finland, Scandinavia Lapps
Siberia Samoyeds
Lena Basin Yakuts
North-Eastern Asia Koryaks, Chuckchi
  • During winter, they live in houses called igloos and in summer, they migrate to other places for hunting and fishing.
  • During the summer season, they live by the side of streams in portable tents made of animal skin.
  • There are Eskimos who hunt and feed on even polar bears.

In the last sixty years, the way of life of the Eskimos has undergone tremendous changes through their contact with Europeans. In coastal villages, Eskimos live in houses with modern amenities. They now use speedboats for fishing instead of small rowing boats called kayaks. Fur-bearing animals are being reared on a commercial scale. In some areas of the Tundra in Canada and Alaska, schools have been established for Eskimo children to enable them to live a modern life. In the Eurasian Tundra, most of the tribal groups lead a nomadic life, wandering with their herds of reindeer in search of pastures. In the Siberian Tundra, large farms have been established for rearing fur-bearing animals, including reindeer, on a commercial scale.

Mining in the Tundra region results in the development of new settlements. In certain areas of the Southern Tundra where favourable conditions exist, cereals with short growing season are also cultivated.

Igloo: The dome-shaped, temporary shelters made out of blocks of snow by Eskimos in the Tundra region.
Sledge: In some areas of the Tundra, a distinct type of vehicle called sledge, which slides over snow, is used for transportation. Dogs are usually used to pull these vehicles.

THE TUNDRA AND THE CLIMATE CHANGE

  • The Tundra is one of the places that is adversely affected by climate change.
  • Due to global warming, the permafrost in the Tundra melts considerably.
  • This adversely affects the ecosystem and environmental equilibrium of the region.

Consumer Rights and Protection Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

Students often refer to SCERT Class 10 Social Science Notes Kerala Syllabus and Class 10 Geography Chapter 4 Consumer Rights and Protection Notes Questions and Answers English Medium that include all exercises in the prescribed syllabus.

SSLC Geography Chapter 4 Notes Pdf English Medium Consumer Rights and Protection

SCERT Class 10 Social Science Geography Chapter 4 Consumer Rights and Protection Notes Question Answer Kerala Syllabus

Class 10 Geography Chapter 4 Notes Kerala Syllabus Consumer Rights and Protection

Question 1.
What are the various factors that influence consumption?
Answer:

  1. Price
  2. Perceived quality
  3. Advertising spend
  4. Consumer income
  5. Consumer confidence
  6. Changes in taste and fashion

Question 2.
The change in total utility and marginal utility after the consumption of each additional unit of orange is given in the table below. Analyse the table and answer the following questions:
Consumer Rights and Protection Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 1
(a) What happens to total utility when 1 to 5 units of oranges are consumed? What is the change in total utility after the consumption of the 6th unit?
(b) When a certain unit of oranges is consumed, the marginal utility is shown as zero. Which is it? Why does the marginal utility become negative when 7 and 8 units of oranges are consumed?
Answer:
(a) When 1 to 5 units of oranges are consumed, the total utility increased from 20 to 67. The total utility remains the same (67) after the consumption of the 6th unit.

(b) The marginal utility is shown as zero when 6 units of oranges are consumed. When 7 units of oranges are consumed, total utility diminishes from 67 to 64 (so, its marginal utility is calculated as 64 – 67 = -3). Then, when 8 units of oranges were consumed, the total utility diminished again, and the marginal utility at that situation is -7 (ie, 57 – 64 = -7), so that the values of marginal utility become negative.

Consumer Rights and Protection Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

Question 3.
Using the quantities given in the above table, we can draw a Total Utility Curve and a Marginal Utility Curve, shown below.
Consumer Rights and Protection Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 2
Observe the above graph and prepare a note explaining the relationship between total utility and marginal utility.
Answer:
As per the graph, Total utility increases while consuming each unit of oranges up to a maximum of 6 units of oranges. According to this, the marginal utility decreases up to 5 units and becomes zero at the 6th unit. After consuming additional units of oranges (7th & 8th), the total utility diminishes so that the marginal utility becomes negative. As consumption increases, MU typically diminishes (law of diminishing marginal utility), and TU increases at a decreasing rate, reaching a maximum when MU is zero, and then declines when MU becomes negative.

Question 4.
Different types of goods and services and their characteristics are given below. Complete the table using the hints provided.
Hints:
• Sunlight, Air
• Food, Vehicles
• Clothes, Minerals
• Factory, Machinery
• House, Footwear
• Table, House
• Milk, Vegetables
Answer:

Types of goods Peculiarities Examples
Free goods Free goods are those that are abundant in nature and are freely available to everyone. They need not be paid for. Sunlight, Air
Economic goods These are goods and services that are purchased and used for a price. They can often be manufactured or collected from nature. Milk, Vegetables, vehicles, clothes
Consumer goods Consumer goods are the final goods used by the consumers to satisfy their wants. They are bought and sold for a price and are not subjected to production process again. Food, Vehicles, clothes, Table, machinery.
Capital goods It is a physical product which is used in the production of another product. Capital goods are goods that assist in the production process and are sometimes used as consumables. It is not considered as capital goods at such instances. Machinery, Vehicles, House
Durable goods Durable goods are things that last for a long time. They can be reused Vehicles, Table, machinery.
Non -Durable goods Non-durable goods are items that can be used only for a short period of time. Food, Clothes, Footwear, Milk, vegetables

Question 5.
What are the things a consumer should pay attention to while buying goods and services from markets? Complete the list.
Answer:

  • Seller reputation
  • Product features
  • Customer reviews

Question 6.
When you receive a bill for purchasing goods and services, check whether it has the GST number. Write down the other things you should pay attention to.
Answer:

  • Customer name
  • Item details, i.e. description, quantity (number), Unit (meter, kg, etc.)

Question 7.
Check the bills of goods purchased in your household over a period of time and prepare a list of items that are subject to different GST rates.
Answer:

Examples of items Indicative GST rate
Fresh milk, vegetables, unpacked food grains, eggs, newspaper, books 0%
Sugar, tea, coffee, edible oils, packed paneer, spices, domestic LPG, 5%
Butter, ghee, processed food, fruit juices, packed coconut water, some kitchen wares, computers, and mobile phones 12%
Hair oil, tooth pastes, ice creams, soaps, com flakes, mineral water, furniture, kitchen appliances, stationery items 18%

Question 8.
Prepare posters on consumer rights and display them in the class.
Answer:

CONSUMER POWER! KNOW YOUR RIGHTS!

• Right to Safety
• Right to Information
• Right to Choice
• Right to Redressal
• Right to Consumer Education

Consumer Rights and Protection Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

Question 9.
Search the newspapers of the last six months available at your school library. Prepare a note on the various types of fraud reported in them.
Answer:
Here are some types of fraud commonly reported in newspapers.

a) Digital and Online Frauds:

  • Sellers on online platforms are not delivering goods after receiving payment
  • Creating fake websites that look very similar to legitimate ones.
  • Unauthorised use of credit/debit card information for online or offline purchases.

b) Financial Frauds:

  • Providing false information or documents to obtain loans.
  • Concealing the origins of illegally obtained money by passing it through a complex sequence of banking transactions.

c) Social and Other Frauds:
Creating fake online profiles to deceive individuals into believing they are in a romantic relationship and then asking for money.

Question 10.
Examine the labels of the two toothpastes given in the figure below and prepare a note by adding the symbols found and their meanings.
Consumer Rights and Protection Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 3
Answer:
The Symbols found on these two labels of toothpastes are:

  • The green dot inside a square: This indicates that the product is 100% vegetarian.
  • The number 20 inside a triangle with an arrow: This is the resin identification code for paper and cardboard, indicating that the packaging is recyclable.
  • The letters “PAP” below the triangle further specify that the material is paper.
  • A symbol of a person throwing trash into a bin: This encourages proper disposal and recycling of the packaging.

Question 11.
There are many other symbols that indicate the quality of products. Find them and prepare a picture album.
Answer:
Consumer Rights and Protection Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 4

Question 12.
Laws and procedures alone cannot fully ensure customer satisfaction. We need the intervention of a civic-minded society also. How can a society intervene in this matter? Organise a discussion in the class and prepare notes.
Answer:
The discussion points are:

  • The statement “Laws and procedures alone cannot fully ensure customer satisfaction. We need the intervention of a civic-minded society also” highlights a crucial aspect of consumer rights and business ethics.
  • Laws often set minimum acceptable standards. True customer satisfaction requires businesses to go beyond these minimums and build positive relationships.
  • Customer satisfaction is not solely transactional. It involves emotional and relational aspects that laws cannot fully regulate. Empathy, responsiveness, and a genuine desire to help contribute significantly to a positive customer experience.
  • Educating citizens about their rights and responsibilities as consumers empowers them to make informed choices and demand better service. This can be done through public awareness campaigns, workshops, and educational curricula.
  • Online platforms and social media allow consumers to share their experiences (both positive and negative), creating transparency and influencing the reputation of businesses. Responsible and constructive feedback can encourage improvements.
  • A civic-minded society can encourage businesses to adopt corporate social responsibility initiatives that prioritize customer well-being and ethical conduct.

Points

  • Consumer satisfaction is the main objective of all economic activities, and the customer gets satisfaction from using goods and services.
  • The want-satisfying power of a commodity/ good is known as utility, and to understand the change in utility when a good is consumed continuously over a given period of time, we need to know about the measures of utility, such as total utility and marginal utility.
  • Consumers who lack a clear understanding of product-related issues such as price, quality, warranty, and safety standards are more susceptible to being misled and exploited.
  • The Consumer Protection Movement is the most important initiative taken to address the violation of consumer rights and the cheating of consumers.
  • The Consumer Protection Act came into force in India on 24 December 1986, following the adoption of the 1985 United Nations Resolution containing guidelines on consumer protection.
  • The Consumer Protection Act 2019 came into force on 20 July 2020, replacing the Consumer Protection Act of 1986.
  • Consumer courts play a crucial role in intervening in consumer disputes and providing justice, including redressal.
  • The three-tier advisory committees under the Consumer Protection Act are, District Consumer Protection Council, the State Consumer Protection Council, and the National Consumer Protection Council.
  • If a consumer is cheated, he/she can file a complaint with the respective office or consumer courts.
  • Consumer cheating often occurs due to a combination of factors, including the carelessness and ignorance of consumers, as well as unethical business practices and inadequate regulatory enforcement.
  • Consumer education is about educating consumers about their rights, responsibilities, choices of products and services, differences in markets and consumer laws.

Std 10 Geography Chapter 4 Notes Kerala Syllabus – Extended Activities

Question 1.
Visit the website national consumer helpline.gov.in, study the Consumer Handbook and prepare an album of pictures related to consumer protection.
Answer:
Consumer Rights and Protection Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 5

Question 2.
Visit the different markets in your area and conduct a survey to identify the changing consumer preferences, product characteristics, and price variations.
Answer:
(Hints: Some survey questions were given for your reference).
1. In the past year, have your preferences for the types of products you buy changed?

  • Yes □
  • No □
  • Slightly □

2. Are you more or less likely to try new brands or products compared to a year ago?

  • Much more likely □
  • Slightly more likely □
  • No change □
  • Slightly less likely □
  • Much less likely □

3. What are your preferred ways of getting information about new products or services? (Select all that apply)

  • Online advertisements □
  • Social media □
  • Recommendations from friends/family □
  • In-store displays □
  • Reviews websites □
  • Other (please specify) □

4. Are you buying more organic or locally sourced food products now compared to before?

  • Yes, significantly more □
  • Yes, slightly more □
  • No change □
  • Less □

5. How important are the latest features and technology when you buy electronics?

  • Very important □
  • Moderately important □
  • Not very important □
  • Not at all important □

Consumer Rights and Protection Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

Question 3.
Conduct a survey of homes in your neighbourhood by adding appropriate questions to the questionnaire on consumer rights already given in this chapter
Answer:
(Hints: Some survey questions were given for your reference).
1. How familiar are you with your basic consumer rights in India?

  • Very familiar □
  • Somewhat familiar □
  • Not very familiar □
  • Not at all familiar □

2. Have you ever faced a situation where you felt your consumer rights were violated?

  • Yes □
  • No □
  • Not sure □

3. Do you know about any consumer protection laws or helplines in India?

  • Yes (Please specify which ones if possible) □
  • No □

4. How satisfied are you with the overall quality of goods and services available in our neighbourhood?

  • Very satisfied □
  • Satisfied □
  • Neutral □
  • Dissatisfied □
  • Very dissatisfied □

5. Have you ever filed a consumer complaint?

  • Yes □
  • No □

Question 4.
Set up a consumer help desk under the auspices of the school’s consumer club. With the help of teachers, educate the public on the steps to be taken if a consumer is cheated.
Answer:
By establishing this Consumer Help Desk and actively engaging in public education, the school’s Consumer Club can play a significant role in empowering the local community with knowledge about their consumer rights and the steps they can take when faced with unfair practices. This initiative fosters civic responsibility among students and contributes to a more informed and protected consumer environment.

If a consumer is cheated, these are the steps to be taken by the public:

  • Advise consumers to remain calm and polite when dealing with the seller/service provider.
  • Stress the importance of collecting and preserving all evidence such as Original bills, receipts, invoices, etc.
  • Encourage consumers to first approach the seller/service provider with their grievance and attempt to resolve the issue amicably. And advise them to do this in writing (email or registered post) to have a record of their communication.
  • Educate the public on fundamental consumer rights, such as the right to safety, the Right to be informed, the right to choose, the Right to be heard, the right to seek redressal, Right to consumer education.
  • Explore Grievance Redressal Mechanisms such as, Consumer Help Desk (Your School’s Initiative), Online Consumer Complaint Portals, Consumer Forums, Consumer Organisations/NGOs, Legal Aid (if applicable), etc.
  • Emphasise the importance of filing complaints within the stipulated time period (usually within two years of the cause of action).
  • Encourage consumers not to give up easily if they have a genuine grievance.
  • Check the sustainability of the Help Desk.

Question 5.
If any of your school’s alumni is working in consumer courts, invite them to your school and organise an interview about consumer rights.
Answer:
(Some interview questions are given below for your reference).

  1. Could you please tell us a bit about your journey after graduating from our school and how you ended up working in consumer courts?
  2. What motivated you to specialise in consumer law?
  3. From your experience, what are some of the most common types of consumer rights violations that you see in the consumer court? (Are there any specific trends you’ve noticed in Kochi/Kerala?)
  4. What are the fundamental consumer rights that every citizen should be aware of? Can you explain them in simple terms for our students?
  5. What is the typical process involved in filing a complaint in a consumer court? What kind of evidence is crucial for a successful case?
  6. What are some of the most frequent types of complaints you encounter related to goods (e.g., defective products, misleading advertisements)?
  7. What skills or knowledge would you recommend for students interested in pursuing a career in consumer law or related fields?

Question 6.
Celebrate Consumer Day in a grand manner by including seminars, exhibitions, etc.
Answer:
(Main Points that must be included in Seminars on Consumer Day)

  • Basic Consumer Rights for Students
  • Safe Online Shopping and Avoiding Cyber Fraud
  • Understanding Product Labels and Quality Standards
  • The Importance of Bills and Receipts
  • How to file a Consumer Complaint (with local examples)
  • Sustainable Consumption Practices
  • Food Safety and Consumer Rights
  • Financial Literacy and Avoiding Financial Scams

Based on the seminars conducted, you can arrange exhibitions including the pictures on consumer acts,
consumer satisfaction, consumer education, etc. or make picture albums.

Question 7.
Prepare short documentaries on what you, as students, can do to spread consumer education.
Answer:
The Steps for Students to Create Documentaries are:

  • Brainstorming and Idea Selection: As a class or in groups, brainstorm potential themes relevant to consumer issues in Kochi. Select a theme and define the target audience and key message.
  • Research and Scripting: Conduct thorough research on the chosen topic using reliable sources (with teacher guidance). Develop a concise and engaging script.
  • Storyboarding: Plan the visual flow of the documentary by creating a storyboard outlining the scenes and shots.
  • Filming: Shoot the necessary footage in and around the school and local areas (with necessary permissions and adult supervision). Utilise smartphones or basic cameras.
  • Editing: Learn basic video editing skills to assemble the footage, add narration, text overlays (in English and Malayalam), and background music.
  • Review and Feedback: Share the draft documentaries with teachers and peers for constructive feedback.
  • Finalisation and Sharing: Make necessary revisions and finalise the documentaries for sharing within the school, during Consumer Day events, and potentially on school social media platforms (with appropriate permissions).

Question 8.
Prepare a note examining recent court observations and judgments against misleading advertisements.
Answer:
The recent trend in court observations and judgments indicates a heightened scrutiny of misleading advertisements in India. The judiciary is actively reinforcing consumer rights, emphasizing truthfulness and accuracy in advertising, and holding both advertisers and endorsers accountable. The existing legal framework, particularly the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, provides the necessary teeth to address this issue, and its enforcement is being given greater importance. This evolving legal landscape aims to create a more transparent and fair marketplace for consumers in India, including in Kochi, Kerala. Consumers are being empowered to seek redressal, and advertisers are being put on notice to ensure their claims are genuine and do not deceive the public. The judiciary, along with regulatory bodies, is increasingly emphasising the protection of consumer rights and holding advertisers accountable for false and deceptive claims. Here’s an examination of some key trends and pronouncements:

• The Supreme Court has been actively hearing petitions related to misleading advertisements, particularly in the context of health and food products. A significant case involves the Indian Medical Association (IMA) and Patanjali Ayurved, where the court has taken a strong stance against unsubstantiated claims, and the denigration of modem medicine.

• The Consumer Protection Act, 2019, defines “misleading advertisement” broadly, encompassing false descriptions, guarantees, and deliberate concealment of important information. The Act empowers the Central Consumer Protection Authority (CCPA) to investigate and take action against misleading advertisements.

Consumer Rights and Protection Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

Consumer Rights and Protection Class 10 Notes Pdf

INTRODUCTION

Human needs are many. The list of needs of modern man is long, like food, clothing, shelter, education, health, and entertainment. For all these needs, man uses various kinds of goods and services. Among these goods and services, there are those that are bought at a price and those that are not paid for. Imagine you buy something or pay for a service. Consumer rights are like the basic rules that say you deserve to get what you paid for – good quality, honest information, and fair treatment. Consumer protection is like having a system in place to make sure these rules are followed. It’s about laws and organisations that help you if a company tries to cheat you or sells you something bad. In India, there’s a main law called the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, that helps protect your rights as a buyer. Basically, it makes sure businesses treat you fairly.

Consumer satisfaction

  • Consumer satisfaction is the main objective of all economic activities, and it isn’t easy to measure mathematically because it is subjective and depends on each person’s mental state.
  • The customer gets satisfaction from using goods and services.
  • The want-satisfying power of a commodity/ good is known as utility, and it can be measured by using the unit of utils.
  • To understand the change in utility when a good is consumed continuously over a given period of time, we need to know about the measures of utility, such as total utility and marginal utility.
  • The Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility is based on the assumptions that all products must be of the same quality and that the consumer’s income and tastes do not change.

Consumer rights and protection

  • Consumers who lack a clear understanding of product-related issues such as price, quality, warranty, and safety standards are more susceptible to being misled and exploited.
  • By collecting a bill with a GST number, consumers not only protect their individual consumer rights (like proof of purchase and recourse in case of issues) but also contribute to a social commitment by supporting a transparent economic system and discouraging unethical practices.
  • The Consumer Protection Movement is the most important initiative taken to address the violation of consumer rights and the cheating of consumers.

Consumer protection movement

  • The Consumer’ Protection Movement in India came into being with the formation of the Consumer Guidance Society of India in Mumbai in 1966.
  • The Consumer Protection Act came into force in India on 24 December 1986, following the adoption of the 1985 United Nations Resolution containing guidelines on consumer protection.
  • The Consumer Protection Act 2019 came into force on 20 July 2020, replacing the Consumer Protection Act of 1986.

Consumer courts

  • Consumer courts play a crucial role in intervening in consumer disputes and providing justice, including redressal.
  • The three-tier advisory committees under the Consumer Protection Act are, District Consumer Protection Council, the State Consumer Protection Council, and the National Consumer Protection Council.
  • If a consumer is cheated, he/she can file a complaint with the respective office or consumer courts.
  • Persons with grievances can write a detailed complaint on a white paper and submit it directly to the consumer dispute redressal court, along with supporting documents as evidence.
  • Consumer cheating often occurs due to a combination of factors, including the carelessness and ignorance of consumers, as well as unethical business practices and inadequate regulatory enforcement

Consumer education

  • Consumer education is about educating consumers about their rights, responsibilities, choices of products and services, differences in markets and consumer laws.
  • Consumer education is being included as a separate topic in the curriculum, and through this, practical experiences are being presented to the children in the classroom.
  • Consumers need to be aware of their rights and be able to complain and get solutions to the problems they face.
  • Consumer protection law plays a major role in ensuring ethical practices in the business sector where producers and consumers come into contact. The intervention of a society that has civic consciousness and consumer education should be there in consumer protection.

CONSUMER SATISFACTION

  • Consumer satisfaction is the main objective of all economic activities.
  • The want-satisfying power of a commodity/good is known as utility, and it can be measured by using the unit of utils.
  • To understand the change in utility when a good is consumed continuously over a given period of time, we need to know about the measures of utility. They are total utility and marginal utility.
  • The Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility is based on the assumptions that all products must be of the same quality and that the consumer’s income and tastes do not change.

The customer gets satisfaction from using goods and services. Consumer satisfaction is the main objective of all economic activities. But satisfaction is difficult to measure mathematically because it is subjective and depends on each person’s mental state. However, if we want to know the dynamics of satisfaction, we need to quantify it. Alfred Marshall was the first economist to make an attempt at such a quantification. The satisfaction gained through consumption can be considered as the utility of goods and services.

Consumer Rights and Protection Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

UTILITY

  • The want-satisfying power of a commodity/ good is known as utility.
  • It can be measured by using the unit of utils.
  • Cardinal Utility Theory states that the satisfaction derived by the consumer through the consumption of goods and services can be quantified by using cardinal numbers.
  • Changes in utility can influence the choice and consumption of goods and services.
  • Utility is individual-based. It may vary depending on place and time.
    Eg: the utility provided by a fan to a person living in a hot climate may not be the same for a person in a cold climate.
  • Any consumer would prefer to choose goods and services that provide the most utility.
  • The price of goods and the income of the consumer often influence the choice of goods and services. Every consumer would like to have quality goods and services available at a reasonable price and in accurate measurement. It is also the right of the consumer.

To understand the change in utility when a good is consumed continuously over a given period of time, we need to know about the measures of utility.
They are:
a) Total Utility (TU)
The total amount of utility that a person receives when he continuously consumes several units of a particular commodity is known as Total utility.

b) Marginal utility (MU)
The change in total utility that occurs when one additional unit of a commodity is consumed is called marginal utility.

Eg: Suppose your classmate Nina’s favourite fruit is oranges. Imagine that you are giving oranges one by one for her to eat. When she eats the first orange, her satisfaction will be great. Imagine that she gets 20 utils as satisfaction from it. If you give her another orange to eat, she may not get as much satisfaction from it as she did from the first one. Let’s assume that satisfaction obtained from the second orange is 18 utils(38 – 20 = 18). Thus, the total utility derived from both oranges is 38 utils. 18 utils is the marginal utility obtained from the consumption of the second orange. Suppose five oranges are continuously eaten one by one. The utility gained from the consumption of all the five units is called total utility and the change in total utility between the consumptions of the 4th and the 5th oranges consumed is called marginal utility.

Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility
Marginal Utility from consuming each additional unit of a commodity declines as its consumption increases, while keeping consumption of other commodities constant.

Assumptions and Limitations of Cardinal Utility Theory

  • The Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility is based on the assumptions that all products must be of the same quality and that the consumer’s income and tastes do not change.
  • Some of the limitations of the Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility are that consumption must be continuous, that the use of other goods must be ascertained, and that the units must be of a fixed quantity and quality.
  • Since utility cannot be quantified using cardinal numbers, new theories have been developed to replace the Cardinal Utility Theory.
  • It is a fact that, the utility obtained from a good decreases as additional units of it are consumed and it also generally influences consumption.

Utility and Usefulness
All the goods and services we use in our daily lives have utility. But all of them need not be useful. For example, a person who smokes a cigarette gets utility from it. But as we know, cigarette is not a useful thing, and it is harmful to health. Ethics has no relevance in utility.

CONSUMER RIGHTS AND PROTECTION

  • Consumers who lack a clear understanding of product-related issues such as price, quality, warranty, and safety standards are more susceptible to being misled and exploited
  • The Consumer Protection Movement is the most important initiative taken to address the violation of consumer rights and the cheating of consumers.

Consumers who do not have a clear understanding of product-related issues such as price, quality, warranty, and safety standards are sometimes duped. This can result in consumer exploitation. To avoid such exploitation, we need to know many basic things related to goods and services. It is the right of the consumer to receive a bill when purchasing goods and services. Make sure that the bill has the GST number. Otherwise, you may be cheated. By collecting the bill, you not only protect consumer rights but also ensure a social commitment.

Incidents, such as violation of consumer rights and cheating of consumers, have been happening in our country for a long time. Many initiatives have been taken to address them, the most important being the Consumer Protection Movement.

Goods and Service Tax (GST)
GST came into effect in India on 1 July 2017, as part of the implementation of the 101st Amendment to the Constitution. The aim of GST is to make the economy transparent by unifying various taxes and implementing the concept of “One Nation, One Tax”. There are various rates of GST such as 5%, 12%, 18% and 28%. There are also products that are exempted from GST. The structure of GST is as follows. The state government receives 50% of the GST we pay as SGST and the Central Government receives 50% (CGST). GST registration is mandatory for traders with an annual turnover of more than Rs 20 lakhs.

CONSUMER PROTECTION MOVEMENT

  • Consumers should be able to consume with ease and without becoming victims of exploitation, and for this, legal help is needed
  • The Consumer Protection Act 1986 was passed by both Houses of Parliament in 1986.
  • The Consumer Protection Act 2019, came into force on 20 July 2020, replacing the Consumer Protection Act of 1986.

The Consumer Protection Movement in India came into being with the formation of the Consumer Guidance Society of India in Mumbai in 1966. It is a social movement formed to protect the rights and ensure the welfare of consumers. This movement is led by various consumer organisations and individuals who work against firms or institutions that cheat consumers.

  • The objectives of the Consumer Protection Movement are:
  • To protect consumer rights
  • To prevent frauds
  • To empower consumers
  • To legislate
  • To ensure the credibility of advertisements
  • To ensure representation of consumers in political forums

Consumers should be able to consume with ease and without becoming victims to exploitation, and for this, legal help is needed. The Consumer Protection Act came into force in India on 24 December 1986, following the adoption of the 1985 United Nations Resolution containing guidelines on consumer protection. To commemorate the event, 24th December is being observed as National Consumer Day.

CONSUMER PROTECTION ACT 1986

  • To protect consumer rights, a law was passed by both Houses of Parliament in 1986.
  • This law (The Consumer Protection Act of 1986) clearly defined consumer rights and established a separate judicial system in India for consumer protection.
  • With the emergence of e-commerce platforms, a law to protect consumers in such areas has become imperative.
  • It is against this backdrop that the Consumer Protection Act 2019 was enacted.

CONSUMER PROTECTION ACT 2019

  • This Act came into force on 20 July 2020, replacing the Consumer Protection Act of 1986.
  • This Act aims to empower consumers and protect their rights.

The features of the Consumer Protection Act 2019 are:

  • Established the Central Consumer Protection Authority (CCPA) to protect and enforce the rights of consumers.
  • Covers rules to prevent unfair trade practices by e-commerce platforms.
  • Helps in simplifying the consumer dispute resolution process.
  • Provides for the punishment of those who manufacture or sell adulterated counterfeit goods.
  • Prohibits the dissemination of misleading advertisements.
  • Guarantees the right to consumer education.

There are different laws to protect the rights of consumers on specific issues, apart from the Consumer Protection Act of 1986.
E.g., The Food Safety Act, 2006 (enacted to ensure the quality of food products).

Different rights of the consumer ensured by these laws:
a) Right to Safety: The right to be protected from those goods and services that pose a threat to life and property.
b) Right to Choose: Right to choose goods and services at competitive prices
c) Right to Know: Right to know the quality, quantity, purity and price of goods to protect the consumer from unfair trade practices.
d) Rights to seek Redressal: Right to seek redressal from unfair trade practices and consumer exploitation.
e) Right to Consumer Education: The right to acquire the knowledge and skills to be an informed consumer.

Consumer Rights and Protection Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

CONSUMER COURTS

  • Consumer courts play a crucial role in intervening in consumer disputes and providing justice, including redressal.
  • The three-tier advisory committees under the Consumer Protection Act are, the District Consumer Protection Council, the State Consumer Protection Council, and the National Consumer Protection Council
  • If a consumer is cheated, he/she can file a complaint with the respective office or consumer courts.
  • To make consumers aware and to ensure the quality of the products before purchasing and using them, some symbols are given on the labels of the products.

The history of consumer courts begins with the enactment of the Consumer Protection Act in India in 1986. With this, consumer courts were established, and tribunals were formed for the speedy resolution of complaints. Consumer courts are deployed at three levels.

STRUCTURE OF CONSUMER COURTS

  • Consumed courts play a crucial role in intervening in consumer disputes and providing justice, including redressal.
  • There are over 600 district forums and 35 state commissions across India.
  • At the top of all this, there is an apex body called the National Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission (NCDRC).

Consumer Rights and Protection Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 6

The three-tier advisory committees under the Consumer Protection Act are:
a) District Consumer Protection Council
b) State Consumer Protection Council
c) National Consumer Protection Council

The role of these committees is to advise the respective governments on matters related to consumer rights. Various types of fraud and the institutions and methods to be approached to resolve them.

a) Frauds related to educational institutions:

  • Contact UGC, AICTE, State Board
  • Approach Consumer Forum
  • Lodge a complaint with the police
  • Contact the Ministry of Education

b) Healthcare Frauds:

  • File a complaint through the grievance portal of the State/National/Medical Council
  • Complain with a report to the Director of Health.
  • File Public Interest Litigation (PIL) in the High Court and Supreme Court for serious health frauds
  • File a complaint through the Aarogya Setu app

c) Fraudulent offers of jobs abroad:

  • Can complain through the Protectorate of Emigrants (P0E)
  • A case can be filed under IPC Section 420.
  • If you were scammed after arriving in a foreign country, you can lodge a complaint with the Indian Embassy or High Commission.
  • Can get in touch with at Pravasi Sahayata Kendra (PBSK) Toll No: 1800 – 11 – 3090

d) Online Fraud:

  • Complain to the Cyber Crime Cell at cybercrime, gov. in.
  • Report to the CERT – IN portal (Indian Computer Emergency Response Team)
  • Submit a complaint through the National Consumer Helpline or at info@cert.in.org.in

e) Banking frauds:

  • Approach the Bank Grievance Redressal Mechanism (Branch Manager)
  • If the bank does not respond within 30 days, you can approach the RBI Ombudsman.
  • Banking Ombudsman Toll-free no: 14448, cgmbank@rbi.org.in

HOWTO FILE COMPLAINTS

  • If a consumer is cheated, he/she can file a complaint with the respective office or consumer courts.
  • Persons with grievances can write a detailed complaint on a white paper and submit it directly to the consumer dispute redressal court, along with supporting documents as evidence.
  • Insisting on bills at the time of purchase assumes significance in this context.

Some quality symbols
To make consumers aware and to ensure the quality of the products before purchasing and using them, some symbols are given on the labels of the products.
Consumer Rights and Protection Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 7
Carelessness, ignorance and being cheated
Consumer cheating often occurs due to a combination of factors, including the carelessness and ignorance of consumers, as well as unethical business practices and inadequate regulatory enforcement. Regulating consumer cheating requires a multi-pronged approach, which involves Strengthening Consumer Protection Laws and Enforcement, Enhancing Consumer Awareness and Education, Promoting Ethical Business Practices, etc.

Consumer Rights and Protection Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

CONSUMER EDUCATION

  • Consumer education is the process of equipping individuals with the knowledge, understanding, and skills necessary to make informed and effective decisions when purchasing and utilizing goods and services.
  • Consumer education is being included as a separate topic in the curriculum, and through this, practical experiences are being presented to the children in the classroom.
  • Consumer protection law plays a major role in ensuring ethical practices in the business sector where producers and consumers come into contact.

Consumer education is about educating consumers about their rights, responsibilities, choices of products and services, differences in markets and consumer laws. Consumer education raises awareness and instills self¬protection values among consumers. This helps consumers to be protected from frauds and wrongful transactions. The main objectives of consumer education are:

  • To protect consumer rights
  • To make consumers aware of their responsibilities
  • To ensure safety in trade, especially online trade
  • To identify ethics and regulations in the market
  • To create awareness about consumer protection laws
  • To ensure health safety
  • To promote consumer justice

Consumer education is being included as a separate topic in the curriculum, and through this, practical experiences are being presented to the children in the classroom. Online courses for consumer education are available today. Consumer clubs in schools also help in raising consumer awareness among students.

Consumers need to be aware of their rights and be able to complain and get solutions to the problems they face. We need to develop a mindset of consuming only the necessary goods. This will provide an opportunity for the people who do not have access to goods and services to get them. Sustainable consumption and development can be achieved in this way. Consumer protection law plays a major role in ensuring ethical practices in the business sector where producers and consumers come into contact. The intervention of a society that has civic consciousness and consumer education should be there in consumer protection.

Money and Economy Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 5 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

Students often refer to SCERT Class 10 Social Science Notes Kerala Syllabus and Class 10 Geography Chapter 5 Money and Economy Notes Questions and Answers English Medium that include all exercises in the prescribed syllabus.

SSLC Geography Chapter 5 Notes Pdf English Medium Money and Economy

SCERT Class 10 Social Science Geography Chapter 5 Money and Economy Notes Question Answer Kerala Syllabus

Class 10 Geography Chapter 5 Notes Kerala Syllabus Money and Economy

Question 1.
Observe the pictures. Picture 5.2 shows that money is used to buy goods. Similarly, all the pictures show the various activities that money does. Discuss with your friends and explain pictures 5.3, 5.4 and 5.5.
Money and Economy Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 5 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 1
Answer:

  • Figure 5.3 – Money as a Unit of Value: The girl tells her father that the pen cost ten rupees and the pencil cost seven rupees. This shows that money acts as a measure of value, helping us to know the price of goods. It provides a standard way to compare the value of different items, which helps people make decisions while buying.
  • Figure 5.4 – Money as a Store of Value: Here, it is said that Noomi’s father sold land and deposited the money in the bank for her higher education.
    This illustrates that money can be saved and stored for future use. Banks help keep money safe and allow people to use it wtien needed, such as for education or other important expenses.
  • Figure 5.5 – Money as a Means of Deferred Payment: In this scene, the vendor promises to pay for the paddy next week. This shows that money can be used for payments in the future, even if the goods are delivered today. This is known as deferred payment, where trust and credit play an important role in trade.

Question 2.
What were the transactions of goods and services using money in your household in the past month? Prepare a list in consultation with your parents.
Answer:
(Hint: Prepare the list with the help of your parents by following the given steps)

  1. Step 1: Ask your parents about the things bought or paid for last month.
  2. Step 2: Write down the goods and services and how much was spent.
  3. Step 3: Note the payment method (cash, card, or UPI).
  4. Step 4: Make a clear list or table.
  5. Step 5: Check with your parents to make sure it’s correct.

Money and Economy Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 5 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

Question 3.
Characteristics of Money
A key characteristic of money is that it is generally recognised and accepted. What other characteristics should money possess? Discuss and complete the list.
Answer:

  1. Generally accepted
  2. Durable
  3. Portable
  4. Stable in value
  5. Medium for measuring value

Question 4.
Write down the various functions of money.
Answer:

  1. Medium of Exchange
  2. Measure of Value
  3. Store of Value
  4. Standard of Deferred Payment
  5. Transfer of Value

Question 5.
My trail
I am a hundred rupee note. At 9 am today, a student took me to a shop and bought two notebooks worth Rs. 50 each. Using your imagination, complete my journey by writing down how many transactions I would have undergone by 5 pm, fully utilising my value. How many transactions have taken place in my journey according to you? What is the total value of these transactions?
Answer:
(Example)
a) 9:00 AM: The student walked into a stationery shop and bought two notebooks worth Rs. 50 each. I was handed over to the shopkeeper in full, and in return, he gave the notebooks to the student.

b) 9:30 AM: The shopkeeper went to have his breakfast at a small eatery. He paid Rs. 40 for his meal, and I changed hands again. Now I was with the tea shop owner, along with Rs. 60 change returned to the shopkeeper.

c) 10:30 AM: The tea shop owner used me to buy milk and sugar from a nearby grocery store worth Rs. 100.1 was gone again!

d) 11:00 AM: The grocery store owner used me to pay his delivery boy’s weekly wages – yes, exactly Rs. 100. Now the delivery boy had me!

e) 1:00 PM: Hungry after work, the delivery boy went to a food stall and bought a meal for Rs. 70. The stall owner gave him Rs. 30 back and took me.

f) 2:00 PM: The food stall owner gave me to his vegetable vendor to buy vegetables worth Rs. 100. Another transaction done!

g) 4:00 PM: The vegetable vendor went to a mobile recharge shop and recharged his phone for Rs. 100. I moved again!

h) 5:00 PM: Finally, the mobile recharge shopkeeper placed me in the day’s earnings to deposit in hisbank.

Number of transactions: 8
Total value of all transactions: Rs. 100 × 8 = Rs. 800

Question 6.
Find some news stories related to inflation and present them before the class. List the causes mentioned in each news story.
Answer:
(Hints: Collect more news stories related to inflation and identify the causes)
Money and Economy Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 5 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 2

Question 7.
Inflation based on the General Consumer Price Index in August 2023 and September 2023 is given below. What was the change in inflation in September 2023 compared to the inflation rate in August 2023?
Money and Economy Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 5 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 3
Answer:

  • In India, the overall inflation rate decreased from 6.83% in August 2023 to 5.02% in September 2023, showing a drop of 1.81 percentage points.
  • In urban areas, inflation fell from 7.02% to 5.33%, while in rural areas, it went down from 6.59% to 4.65%.
  • In Kerala, the total inflation rate reduced from 6.26% in August to 4.72% in September, a decrease of 1.54 percentage points. Urban Kerala saw a decline from 6.40% to 4.59%, and rural Kerala from 6.08% to 4.93%.
  • Overall, the data shows that inflation reduced in both India and Kerala in September 2023 compared to August 2023, with the sharpest decline observed in rural India.

Money and Economy Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 5 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

Question 8.
The repo rates for different periods are given below
June 2022 4.90%
December 2022 6.25%
September 2023 6.50%

a) Find out the trend in the repo rate.
b) Discuss how the repo rate affected the credit and savings in the period from June 2022 to December 2022.
Answer:
a) The repo rate has shown a consistent upward trend from June 2022 to September 2023.
It increased from 4.90% in June 2022 to 6.25% in December 2022 and 6.50% in September 2023.

b) From June 2022 to December 2022, the repo rate increased from 4.90% to 6.25%. As a result of the higher repo rate, borrowing became more expensive for banks. Consequently, banks increased their lending rates, which led to a decrease in credit or borrowing by individuals and businesses. At the same time, banks also raised interest rates on deposits to attract more savings. This encouraged people to save more. Therefore, during this period, there was a decline in credit growth and a rise in savings due to the increase in the repo rate.

Question 9.
Visit the Reserve Bank of India website and find out the current repo rate, reverse repo rate, and cash reserve ratio and present them in the class.
Answer:
(Hint: Follow the given steps to find out the rates)
Step 1 : Access the Official RBI Website (URL: https://www.rbi.org.in)
Step 2: Locate the Latest Monetary Policy Information
Step 3: Identify the Required Rates (Current repo rate, reverse repo rate and cash reserve ratio)

Question 10.
Analyse the functions of the Reserve Bank and explain how it regulates economic activities in India. Answer:
The Reserve T3 and of India (RBI) is the central bank of the country and plays a vital role in regulating economic activities. One of its main functions is to control the supply of money in the economy through monetary policy by adjusting key interest rates like the repo rate and the reverse repo rate. By doing so, the RBI manages inflation and ensures economic stability. It also acts as a regulator and supervisor of the banking system to maintain public confidence and ensure the safety of the financial system. The RBI issues currency, manages foreign exchange reserves, and acts as a banker to the government. It also promotes financial inclusion and ensures smooth payment and settlement systems across the country. Through these functions, the RBI influences credit, investment, and consumption patterns in the economy, thereby regulating overall economic activity in India.

Question 11.
Find out which banks operate in your area and list the category they fall into.
Answer:
(Hint)
Step 1: Identify your local area
Step 2: Search online to find the names of banks nearby.
Step 3: Make a list of the banks you find
Step 4: Find out the Cctegory of each Bank (Public banks, Private banks, Co-operative banks etc)
Step 5: Prepare your final list
Eg: State Bank of India (SBI) – Public Sector Bank
HDFC Bank – Private Sector Bank
Federal Bank – Private Sector Bank

Question 12.
Why do banks offer higher interest rates on fixed deposits than on savings deposits?
Answer:
Banks offer higher interest rates on fixed deposits than on savings deposits because fixed deposits involve locking in money for a specific period, which gives banks more certainty and stability in managing their funds. When a customer puts money in a fixed deposit, they agree not to withdraw it before the maturity date, allowing the bank to use that money for lending or investment over a longer term. In contrast, savings deposits can be withdrawn at any time, so banks must keep more cash readily available and cannot use those funds as freely. To encourage customers to commit their money for longer durations, banks offer higher interest rates on fixed deposits as a reward for locking in their funds.

Question 13.
Anu and Manu are students of Class 9. Anu won a prize of Rs. 25,000 in a state-level elocution competition. Manu receives National Meritcum-Means Scholarship of Rs. 12,000 every year from Class 9 to 12. Both of them want to deposit this money in a bank for their higher education. Which bank accounts would you suggest for Anu and Manu to deposit this money?
Answer:

  • For Anu, a Fixed Deposit account is ideal as it offers higher interest and is suitable for long-term saving.
  • For Manu, a Recurring Deposit account works best for regular deposits, or he could choose a Savings Account for flexibility, though with lower interest.

Question 14.
Identify and prepare notes on various loans offered by commercial banks.
Answer:
(Hints: Find more loans offered by commercial banks and prepare notes)

Personal Loan

  • Purpose: For personal needs such as weddings, vacations, medical emergencies, or home renovations.
  • Features: Unsecured loan (no collateral required), Flexible use of funds, Higher interest rates compared to secured loans.
  • Repayment: Generally paid in EMls over 1 – 5 years.

Car Loan

  • Purpose: To purchase a new or used car.
  • Features: Secured loan (the car serves as collateral), Short to medium repayment tenure (1 – 7 years),
    Lower interest rate compared to personal loans.
  • Repayment: Paid through monthly EMIs.

Money and Economy Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 5 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

Question 15.
Visit three banks in your area and find out the rates they charge as interest for various loans and complete the table.
Money and Economy Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 5 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 4
a) Identify the type of loan for which banks charge the lowest rate of interest.
b) List the collateral that the banks accept for various loans.
Answer:
Money and Economy Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 5 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 5
a) Home loan
b) Residential Property, Commercial Property, Gold Ornaments or Gold Coins etc.

Question 16.
How do commercial banks influence economic activity?
Answer:
Commercial banks play a vital role in influencing economic activity by acting as financial intermediaries between savers and borrowers. They mobilize savings from individuals and businesses through deposit schemes and lend these funds to those in need, such as entrepreneurs, farmers, industries, and consumers. By offering credit for productive purposes, commercial banks help increase investment, boost production, and generate employment. They also facilitate trade by providing services like issuing letters of credit, enabling digital payments, and offering foreign exchange services. Moreover, through their lending policies, they help control inflation and maintain price stability in coordination with the central bank. In this way, commercial banks actively contribute to the growth and development of the economy.

Question 17.
Organize an interview with a bank official to create awareness about the possible frauds that can occur while using banking services online and the steps we need to take against it. Prepare a questionnaire for this purpose.
Answer:
(Hints: Conduct an interview with a bank official by using the given questions)

  • Can you tell us about your role and responsibilities in the bank?
  • What are some of the most common online banking frauds today?
  • What is SIM swapping, and how can it affect a person’s bank account?
  • Why should we avoid using public Wi-Fi for banking transactions?
  • How can someone recognize a fake banking app or website?
  • What steps should customers take to protect their online banking accounts?
  • What should a person do immediately if they notice an unauthorised transaction?

Question 18.
The sources of credit in Kerala during various periods are given in the table.
Money and Economy Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 5 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 6
a) Find out the reason for the decrease in loan share from banks and increase in loan share from SHGs during 2019 – 21.
b) Discuss the influence of local moneylenders on the credit system in Kerala.
Answer:
a) Reason for Decrease in Loan Share from Banks and Increase in Loan Share from Self-Help Groups (SHGs) (2019 – 2021):
From the data:

  • Bank credit fell from 68.55% in 2019 to 44.51% in 2021.
  • SHG credit rose sharply from 8.8% in 2019 to 41.53% in 2021.

Reasons:
COVID-19 Pandemic Impact (2020 – 21):

  • Banks tightened credit due to increased risk and uncertainty.
  • Formal procedures and documentation may have made bank loans less accessible.

Accessibility of SHGs:

  • SHGs provided quicker, more flexible loans with minimal paperwork.
  • They became a lifeline for many during economic hardships, especially in rural areas.

Government and NGO Support:

  • During the pandemic, government schemes promoted SHG involvement in microcredit.
  • SHGs were encouraged to support vulnerable communities, boosting their role.

b) From the data: Share of local moneylenders dropped from 8.04% in 2019 to 4.43% in 2021.
Traditional Role: Local moneylenders have historically been a convenient source of credit, especially in rural areas with limited banking access.
Issues with High Interest Rates: They often charge very high, unregulated interest rates, leading to debt traps.
Declining Influence: Due to better access to SHGs and microfinance institutions, reliance on moneylenders has decreased. Awareness and financial literacy may also contribute to their reduced role.
Still Relevant in Emergencies: Despite decline, they remain important for emergency loans where formal options are not feasible.

Question 19.
What are the different sources of credit in India? Discuss in class how they function in the economy. Answer:
In India, the main sources of credit can be broadly categorized into formal and informal sources. Formal sources include banks and cooperatives, which are regulated by the government and provide loans at reasonable interest rates with proper documentation. These institutions support economic activities by offering credit to farmers, businesses, and individuals for various needs like agriculture, education, and housing. Informal sources, such as moneylenders, traders, employers, and friends or relatives, operate outside government regulation. Though they are easily accessible, they often charge high interest rates and may exploit borrowers. In the economy, formal credit promotes growth and stability, while dependence on informal credit can lead to debt traps. It is important to increase access to formal credit to ensure fair and inclusive economic development.

Question 20.
Credit deposit ratio in public sector banks in various states is given.
Money and Economy Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 5 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 7
a) Find out the reasons why the credit deposit ratio is high in some states and low in others.
b) Examine the credit deposit ratio from March 2021 to March 2023.
Answer:
a)

  • Economic Activity and Industrial Development
  • Banking Infrastructure and Financial Inclusion
  • Population Density and Urbanization
  • Agricultural Dependence and Credit Risk
  • Migration and Remittances
  • Policy and Regulatory Factors

b)

  • Andhra Pradesh shows a consistent increase from 136.20 (2021) to 155.40 (2023), indicating growing credit disbursal and economic activity.
  • Assam also shows a steady rise from 37.69 to 47.27, suggesting gradual financial inclusion and economic growth.
  • Tamil Nadu experienced a slight dip in 2022 but recovered in 2023, showing a stable credit environment.
  • Kerala showed steady growth from 64.74 to 72.05, indicating improved lending practices and utilization of deposits.
  • Punjab, however, saw a continuous decline from 44.56 to 41.92, which may point to economic slowdown, credit risk, or conservative lending behavior in the state.

Money and Economy Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 5 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

Question 21.
What are the steps the government has taken to promote financial inclusion?
Answer:

  • Pradhan Mantri Jan Dhan Yojana (PMJDY): Launched in 2014, this is one of the largest financial inclusion programs in the world. It aims to provide every household with a bank account, along with a debit card, accidental insurance, and over draft facility.
  • Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT): Under this system, government subsidies and welfare payments are directly transferred into beneficiaries’ bank accounts, reducing leakages and ensuring transparency.
  • Digital Payment Platforms: The government has promoted platforms like BHIM app, UPI (Unified Payments Interface), Rupay cards, and mobile wallets to encourage digital transactions and reduce dependence on cash.
  • Financial Literacy Programs: The RBI and other government bodies regularly conduct awareness campaigns to educate people about savings, credit, insurance, and digital banking.
  • MUDRA Yojana: Through the Micro Units Development and Refinance Agency (MUDRA), the government provides loans to small and micro enterprises, especially to those who don’t have access to traditional banking.
  • Jan Suraksha Schemes: These include affordable insurance and pension schemes like Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana (PMJJBY), Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana (PMSBY), and Atal Pension Yojana (APY).
  • Small Finance Banks and Payments Banks: The RBI has licensed these banks to focus on underserved areas, offering basic banking services to low-income groups.

Std 10 Geography Chapter 5 Notes Kerala Syllabus – Extended Activities

Question 1.
Visit the website of Reserve Bank of India and prepare a class report on its various publications
Answer:
(Hints for Class Report on RBI Publications)
Introduction:

  • RBI is India’s central bank.
  • It manages money, banks, and inflation.
  • Shares information through regular publications.

Types of RBI Publications:
a. Annual Report

  • Published once a year.
  • Explains RBI’s work and future plans.
  • Shows how the economy performed.

b. Financial Stability Report (FSR)

  • Talks about safety of banks.
  • Tells if the financial system is stable.

c. Monetary Policy Report

  • Explains RBI’s decisions on interest rates.
  • Focuses on inflation and money control.

d. Report on Currency and Finance

  • Gives deep analysis of economic topics.
  • Useful for researchers and policymakers.

e. RBI Bulletin

  • Monthly magazine-like report.
  • Contains articles, data, and news.

f. Handbook of Statistics

  • Lots of economic and banking data.
  • Useful for students and economists.

g. Consumer Education Material

  • Guides for the public.
  • Topics: digital banking, fraud safety, etc. Conclusion

Question 2.
Visit a Commercial bank in your area and understand their various activities and services provided. Prepare a chart showing the credit deposit ratio, various loans and deposits and their interest rates.
Answer:
(Hints)
Class Report : Visit a Commercial Bank
Bank Visited : State Bank of India (SBI) – [Insert your local branch name]
Date of Visit : (Insert date)

Type of Service Details
Deposits Savings Account, Current Account, Fixed Deposit (FD), Recurring Deposit (RD)
Loans Home Loan, Personal Loan, Car Loan, Education Loan, Business Loan
Other Services ATM services, Internet Banking, Mobile Banking, Debit/Credit Cards, UPI
Customer Support Help Desk, KYC Updating, Account Opening Assistance

These are the common activities in a bank. Also, try to find the various deposits (savings deposits, current deposits, fixed deposits), loans (Home loan, personal loan, car loan) and their interest rates.

Question 3.
Visit a production unit and prepare a report containing the following information.
■ Operating sector (primary, secondary or tertiary)
■ Services provided by the bank to this production unit
■ Relation with other sectors
Answer:
(Hints: Visit to a Production Unit and Prepare Report)
Operating Sector

  • Identify what the unit produces: goods (like clothes, food, machinery) or services.
  • If it makes physical goods, it is in the Secondary Sector.
  • If it grows raw materials (like farming, fishing), it’s Primary Sector.
  • If it provides services (like banking, IT, education), it’s Tertiary Sector.

Bank Services Provided (Ask or find out about)

  • Loans: Working capital loan, machinery loan, or building loan?
  • Bank accounts: Current account for business use?
  • Digital services: Internet banking, mobile banking?

Relation with Other Sectors

  • From whom do they buy raw materials? (Primary Sector)
  • Who helps them sell or deliver products? (Tertiary Sector)
  • Do they use transport, advertising, or software?

Money and Economy Class 10 Notes Pdf

INTRODUCTION

This chapter “Money and Economy” explores the crucial role that money plays in the functioning of a modern economy. It begins by explaining the concept of money, its functions, and how it serves as a medium of exchange. The chapter then highlights the role of the Central Bank, especially the Reserve Bank of India, in regulating the supply of money and maintaining economic stability. It also discusses the functioning of banks and non-banking financial institutions, which provide vital financial services to individuals and businesses. With the advancement of technology in banking, digital transactions and online banking have become more accessible and efficient. The chapter further examines the sources of credit in India, both formal and informal, and emphasises the significance of financial inclusion ensuring that banking services reach all sections of society, including the rural and marginalized. Together, these topics help students understand the interconnected nature of money, financial institutions, and economic development.

Money

  • Anything accepted in the exchange of goods and services can generally be called money.
  • Money stimulates the economic activities of production, distribution and consumption and strengthens the economy by making the transactions faster.
  • The number of times a unit of money is exchanged in a given period of time is known as the velocity of circulation of money.
  • General functions of Money:
    • Medium of Exchange
    • Measure of Value
    • Store of Value
    • Means of Deferred Payments

Money and Central Bank

  • The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) is the central bank of India and it is headed by its Governor. It was established on 1 April 1935 in Kolkata under the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934.
  • In 1937, the headquarters of the Reserve Bank was shifted to Mumbai. It was nationalized in 1949.
  • The Reserve Bank sees the total amount of money in our economy in the form of Ml, M2, M3 and M4.
  • Fiscal policy is the policy regarding taxation and government spending.
  • Monetary policy is the policy regarding the supply of money and the rate of interest.

Banks and Non-banking Financial Institutions

  • Banks and non-banking financial institutions are institutions that provide financial services to individuals, organizations, and businesses in the economy.
  • Banks can be broadly classified into commercial banks and cooperative banks.
  • Commercial banks are licensed by the RBI to provide banking services and are included in the Second Schedule of the RBI Act, 1934.
  • Commercial banks that were allowed to operate in India after the financial reforms of the 1990s are known as new generation banks.
  • Unlike banks, non-banking financial institutions cannot accept savings and deposits from the public.

Banks and Technology

  • Technology is helpful in increasing the speed of transactions.
  • With the advent of mobile banking and online banking, customers have been able to access various banking services using smartphones and computers.
  • Some of the payment systems that have emerged in the banking sector as a result of technology are:
    • National Electronic Fund Transfer System
    • Real Time Gross Settlement
    • Core Banking
    • Universal Payment Interface

Sources of Credit in India

  • Credit can be considered as the main source for the financing of development activities.
  • Sources of credit in India can be classified into formal and informal sources of credit.
  • Formal sources of credit are the organized, institutionalized and regulated systems.
  • Informal sources of credit are the unorganized and non-institutionalized systems.
  • Credit Deposit Ratio measures the proportion of a bank’s deposits that are used for loans.

Financial Inclusion

  • Financial inclusion and inclusive economic growth accelerate when banking services reach the common man, the rural population and the marginalised people.
  • Government has taken various steps for this.
    • Nationalisation of Banks
    • Co-operative Banking Systems
    • Microfinance
    • Jan Dhan Account

Money and Economy Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 5 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

MONEY

  • The exchanges of goods and services between individuals, and between production units became easier
    with the advent of money.
  • Anything accepted in the exchange of goods and services can generally be called money.

It is money that made the exchange of goods and services faster and made specialization possible. For example, rubber farmers are able to focus solely on their production because they can convert their product, which is rubber, into money and use that money to buy other goods and services he needs. Forms of money change day by day. This is because money influences human life at different levels such as consumers, producers, and suppliers. Banks play a major role in facilitating the activities of money in the economy. Money helps people to buy and sell goods and services, compare the prices of different goods and services, store the value of savings and assets, and lend and borrow money.

GENERAL FUNCTIONS OF MONEY
a) Medium of Exchange: Goods and services can be sold for money, and the money can be used to purchase the goods and services that are needed. For example, labour can be supplied and its reward can be received in the form of money. The same money can be used to purchase goods and services. In this way money is crucial for making countless transactions in the economy.

b) Measure of value: The value of all goods can be expressed in monetary terms. In the barter system, it was not easy to compare the value of one good with the value of another. Money made it easy to compare the values of two goods. The value of a good is the price that is assigned to it in the transaction process. Just as the value of good is measured in monetary terms, the value of money can also be expressed in terms of other goods. The value of money is its purchasing power. When the price of goods increases, the purchasing power of money will decrease, and when the price of goods decreases, the purchasing power of money will increase. Changes in the purchasing power of money are keenly felt when there is inflation or deflation in the economy.

c) Store of Value: When money became something that was acceptable to everyone, it had become possible to store the value of any good in the form of money. This was not possible in the barter system. Through this it is possible to convert the value of goods, including that of perishable items, into money or asset and it can be used in the future.

d) Means of Deferred Payments: In the modem times many business activities are carried out with ease because of the advantage of settling the financial transactions at a later date. Both buyers and sellers generally agree that the cash settlement of the transactions of goods and services can be cleared later. It is possible to measure the value of borrowing and lending in the form of money. This is very helpful for short and longterm business transactions.

How does money work in the economy?

  • It is money that moves the economy and speeds up its functioning.
  • Money stimulates the economic activities of production, distribution and consumption and strengthens the economy by making the transactions faster.
  • Eg: Rice production is an economic activity in the primary sector. A farmer who produces rice may need fertilisers, seeds, pesticides, machinery, and labour. When money is spent on fertilizers and machinery, it becomes a source of income for the producers in the industrial sector. When the rice producers depend upon transportation facilities to get the rice to the market, it becomes a source of income for service providers.

The money received as income by the industrial and service sectors is pumped back into the economy. In this way, each currency spent in the economy changes hands again and again. As the number of exchanges increase, the transactions in the economy also increase. The number of times a unit of money is exchanged in a given period of time is known as the velocity of circulation of money. An increase in the velocity of circulation money indicates an acceleration in economic growth, while a decrease in the velocity of circulation money indicates a slowdown in economic growth. In the economies where growth rate is high, producers and consumers have more chances to spend money, while in the economies where growth rate is low, producers and consumers have limited chances to spend money.Banks and financial institutions play a major role in facilitating money transactions and also in regulating the economic activities. Every country has its own banking system.

MONEY AND CENTRAL BANK
In each country, the respective central banks will be the ultimate authority of the money. The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) is the central bank of India and it is headed by its Governor. It was established on 1 April 1935 in Kolkata under the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934. In 1937, the headquarters of the Reserve Bank was shifted to Mumbai. It was nationalized in 1949.The central bank regulates and coordinates the activities of banks and nonbanking financial institutions in the economy.

FUNCTIONS OF THE RESERVE BANK OF INDIA
a) Printing and Issuing Currency: As per the Reserve Bank of India Act 1934, only the Reserve Bank of India has the power to print and issue all currencies except coins and one rupee notes. The coins and one rupee notes are printed and issued by the Ministry of Finance, Government of India. The Reserve Bank of India is responsible for designing, incorporating the security features, printing, and distributing the currency. Currency notes are printed at the Government of India’s printing presses at Nasik (Maharashtra) and Dewas (Madhya Pradesh). It is also printed at two presses at Mysore (Karnataka) and Salboni (West Bengal) by Bharatiya Reserve Bank Note Mudran Limited (BRBNML), owned by RBI. Coins are minted at the Government of India’s mints at Mumbai, Hyderabad, Kolkata and Noida. Based on the government’s instructions, the Reserve Bank of India can withdraw the currency notes in circulation. This is known as demonetization.

b) Bankers’ Bank: The Reserve Bank acts as the bankers’ bank. It provides emergency loans to banks in the times of crisis, maintains the reserves of banks, and helps to settle transactions between banks.

c) Controls the supply of money and credit: When the supply of money increases and the production of goods and services does not increase proportionately, there arises a situation where there are fewer goods and services and more money in the economy. This causes the prices of goods and services to rise. An increase in the general price level of goods and services is known as inflation. Inflation in India is measured using the Consumer Price Index (CPI), which is prepared by the National Statistical Office under the Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation (MOSPI).

If inflation increases in the economy without any control, it causes a decrease in the purchasing power of money. It adversely affects economic growth and production. Therefore, inflation must be controlled. One of the reasons behind inflation is the increase in the quantity of money supply. The total amount of money in an economy is the total amount of money held by the public and money held by banks and non¬banking financial institutions.The Reserve Bank sees the total amount of money in our economy in the form of M1, M2, M3 and M4.

M1 = Coins and currency notes held by the public and the savings deposits in commercial banks
M2 = M1 + savings deposits in post office savings banks
M3 = M1 + net fixed deposits in commercial banks
M4 = M3 + total deposits in post offices (excluding National Savings Certificates)
where M1 and M2 are known as narrow money and M3 and M4 are known as broad money.

Uncontrolled lending by banks leads to the increase in the money supply in the economy and also inflation. This needs to be controlled. RBI uses quantitative and qualitative measures to control credit.
Money and Economy Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 5 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 8
Inflation is controlled by changing bank rates and changing the reserve ratio, by RBI. The important bank rates are the repo rate and the reverse repo.

For example when inflation increases unchecked, RBI increases repo rate and reverse repo rate. When RBI increases these rates, the commercial banks also change these rates. When these rates are increased, the money available with the commercial banks for lending fall because at a higher rate of interest the commercial banks will take less loans from RBI and deposit more in the RBI. In the same way the loan taken by the public will also be less. So the money available in the economy also would be less. When the rate of interest is high, people will prefer to save more money rather than spend, because the reward for not consuming is greater. The money held by the public Rows to commercial banks and from there to the Reserve Bank. The amount of money in the economy decreases and the inflation comes under control.

  • Reserve Bank of India controls the credit and supply of money by changing the Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR).
  • This is the amount of money the banks must keep as reserves with the Reserve Bank out of the money they receive as deposits.
  • When the reserve ratio decreases, the amount of money available with banks to lend increases and the availability of credit increases. This increases the money available with the people.
  • However, when the reserve ratio increases, amount of money available with banks to lend will decrease. This reduces the availability of credit and reduces the amount of money people have.

Repo Rate: The rate of interest charged by the Reserve Bank of India on the loans taken by commercial banks from the RBI.
Reverse Repo Rate: The rate of interest given by the Reserve Bank of India on the deposits by the commercial banks.

d) Acts as the government’s bank: The Reserve Bank of India is responsible for maintaining government accounts, providing banking services, and implementing financial management. It also advises the government on matters such as fiscal and monetary policy.

e) Custodian of foreign exchange reserves: The foreign exchange reserves of our economy are the sum total of foreign currencies and gold reserves. RBI is the custodian of all these.

f) Publication of Reports: RBI publishes various reports at different periods such as Banking Trends in India, Monetary Policy Reports, Consumer Surveys, RBI Bulletin and Statistical Supplements.

Who prints one rupee note and coins?
Before 1835, the rupee, coins and other forms of money were used in India. There are historical reasons why the Government of India prints one rupee note and coins.

  • The historical convention of 1835 allowed the East India Company, on the basis of Paper Currency Act of 1835, to print paper currency in British India.
  • The intention was to facilitate trade and commerce.
  • The Coinage Act of 1906 and the Coinage Act of 2011 gave the central government the power to mint coins.
  • The Government of India retains this power and therefore prints one rupee note and coins.

Demonetization
The most recent demonetization was implemented in India was effected on 8 November 2016. The aim was to prevent corruption, black money, terrorism, and counterfeit currencies. The existing currency notes of Rs 500 and Rs 1,000 were declared as no longer legal tender. New currency notes of Rs 500 and Rs 2,000 were printed. The public had the opportunity to deposit old currency notes, without declaration till 31 December 2016 in banks and with declaration till 31 March 2017 in the RBI.

Fiscal policy and Monetary policy

  • Fiscal policy is the policy regarding taxation and government spending.
  • Monetary policy is the policy regarding the supply of money and the rate of interest.

Money and Economy Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 5 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

BANKS AND NON-BANKING FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

  • Banks and non-banking financial institutions are institutions that provide financial services to individuals, organizations, and businesses in the economy.
  • Banks can be broadly classified into commercial banks and cooperative banks.
  • While the operations of commercial banks are controlled by shareholders, the ownership of cooperative banks is vested with the members of the cooperative societies.
  • Kerala Bank is an example of a cooperative bank.

COMMERCIAL BANKS
Commercial banks are licensed by the RBI to provide banking services and are included in the Second Schedule of the RBI Act, 1934. Public sector banks, private sector banks, small finance banks, payment banks, specialized banks, regional rural banks, and foreign banks are some examples of commercial banks.
Eg: NABARD,SBI,Canara Bank
Commercial banks that were allowed to operate in India after the financial reforms of the 1990s are known as new generation banks.
Eg: Axis Bank, Mahindra Bank, Yes Bank and Indus Bank.

Functions of Commercial Banks
The main functions of commercial banks are to accept deposits from the public and to provide loans. Banks act as a safe haven for savings. They are able to convert the money deposited in banks into various types of loans and make them available to entrepreneurs.

a) Accepting Deposits
Various types of deposit accounts offered to the public by commercial banks are:
Savings Deposit: This is a deposit that instills the habit of saving in individuals and allows them to withdraw money according to their needs. The depositor has the opportunity to withdraw money from such deposits, subject to restrictions. The number of times money can be withdrawn within a period and the limit on the amount that can be withdrawn varies from bank to bank. Banks often offer low interest rates on savings deposits.

Current Deposit: A current account is an account intended for business transactions. There is no limit to the number of transactions that can be made from such accounts in a single day. Banks do not pay interest on the money in this account. Overdraft facility is provided for this account. An overdraft is a system that allows you to withdraw more than the amount in the current account within a predetermined limit.

Term Deposit or Fixed Deposit Account: Money that is not needed to be withdrawn immediately can be deposited in such accounts. Banks pay more interest on such deposits than on money in a savings bank account. If money is withdrawn from these deposits before the maturity period, the interest rate received by the depositors may be reduced. The interest can be withdrawn upon maturity along with the deposits, or at various periods determined by the depositor.

Recurring Deposits: Recurring deposits are deposits of a fixed amount of money at regular intervals for a specific period of time. Such deposits earn higher interest rates than savings deposits. However, they are lower than the interest rates on fixed deposits. At the end of the tenure, the accumulated amount can be withdrawn along with interest.

b) Lending Loans
It is the Commercial banks that provide various loans to individuals and institutions for various financial activities. Commercial banks act as intermediaries between depositors and borrowers. Banks keep a portion of the deposits received as reserves and lend the rest to entrepreneurs. Commercial banks charge interest on the various loans they provide to their customers. The interest rate charged to borrowers is higher than the interest rate paid to depositors. The difference between the interest paid to depositors and the interest charged from borrowers is the income of banks. This is known as the spread. Banks provide loans by accepting various collaterals. They accept gold, land documents, salary certificates, etc. as collateral.

c) Other functions Providing various services.
Commercial banks provide various banking services to the public.

  • Credit Card,Debit Card
  • ATM Services
  • Locker Facility

NON-BANKING FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

  • These are financial institutions that operate in the banking sector but perform only some of the functions of a bank.
  • Unlike banks, non-banking financial institutions cannot accept savings and deposits from the public.
  • Money cannot be withdrawn by using cheques from such financial institutions.

Non-banking financial institutions are regulated by institutions such as the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI), Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India (IRDA), and National Housing Bank (NHB). Insurance companies (e.g. LIC, GIC), mutual fund companies (e.g. UTI), and nonbanking financial institutions (e.g. KSFE) are all examples of non-banking financial institutions.

KSFE
KSFE is a non-banking financial company in Kerala. It was established in 1969 to provide financial services to the people of Kerala. It provides various services like gold loans, personal loans, business loans, vehicle loans, housing loans, microfinance and chits, through its various branches. KSFE has a strong presence in Kerala through its network of branches and the strong support of its customers.

BANKS AND TECHNOLOGY
Technology is helpful in increasing the speed of transactions. With the advent of mobile banking and online banking, customers have been able to access various banking services using smartphones and computers. Online banking is a system where bank transactions are available through the internet. Banking services that were available only at certain times and days are now available 365 days a year, anywhere in the world, due to the intervention of technology. Some of the payment systems that have emerged in the banking sector as a result of technology :

  • National Electronic Fund Transfer System (NEFT)
    This is a system introduced by the Reserve Bank of India to make bank transactions between account holders easier and faster. Funds are transferred using the Indian Financial System Code (IFSC).
  • Real Time Gross Settlement (RTGS)
    RTGS is a system introduced by the RBI to transfer large amounts of money between account holders. The feature of this is that transactions can be completed in a very short time.
  • Core Banking
    Core banking is a system that enables an account holder of a bank to carry out financial transactions from any of its branches. There is no need to go to the specific branch where the customer holds the account for the bank transactions. It is conv enient for the customers.
  • Universal Payment Interface (UPI)
    UPI is a payment system developed by the National Payments Corporation of India (NPCI). It enables realtime money transfers between bank accounts. Users can connect their various bank accounts through a mobile application and make simple and secure transactions. Some of the popular UPI apps are Google Pay, Paytm, Phone Pay, BIM UPI, and Amazon Pay.

The use of cyber technology can help deliver personalized services and reduce costs, but it also poses significant challenges to security.

SOURCES OF CREDIT IN INDIA
Entrepreneurs need money to start new ventures, to expand existing ventures and to enable firms to adopt new technologies. A large percentage of this comes from banks and non-banking financial institutions. Credit can be considered as the main source for the financing of development activities. Sources of credit in India can be classified into formal and informal sources of credit. Formal sources of credit are the organized, institutionalized and regulated systems. Informal sources of credit are the unorganized and non-institutionalized systems. The mutual coexistence and operational success of both are necessary for the growth of the economy.
Money and Economy Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 5 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers 9

Credit Deposit Ratio : Credit Deposit Ratio measures the proportion of a bank’s deposits that are used for loans. It is monitored by the RBI. A high credit deposit ratio indicates that banks have lent out a large portion of the deposits they have received. A low credit deposit ratio indicates that banks are lending out a smaller portion of the deposits they have received.

Money and Economy Notes Class 10 Geography Chapter 5 Kerala Syllabus Questions and Answers

FINANCIAL INCLUSION
Financial inclusion and inclusive economic growth accelerate when banking services reach the common man, the rural population and the marginalised people.Government has taken various steps for this.

a) Nationalization of Banks
In order to bring the functioning of banks to different parts of the country and to more people, 14 banks were nationalized in 1969 and 6 banks, in 1980. The main objectives of bank nationalization are:

  • To expand banking facilities in rural areas
  • To provide credit to farmers at lower rates
  • To ensure equitable distribution of credit
  • To prevent the concentration of economic power in a few people.

b) Co-operative Banking Systems: Co-operative banks play a crucial role in activating the rural economy by providing banking facilities to villagers and ordinary farmers. They operate on the principles of cooperation, self-help and mutual assistance. The objectives of co-operative banks are to inculcate the habit of saving among the villagers, to protect the common people from private money lenders, and to provide low-cost loans to farmers and small businessmen.

c) Microfinance: Microfinance aims to provide financial services to low-income individuals, families, and businesses who do not have access to conventional banking services. Poverty alleviation, empowerment of women and the marginalized, promotion of entrepreneurship and ensuring job creation, and improvement of quality of life are all goals set by micro finance. The Grameen Bank, founded by Professor Muhammad Yunus in Bangladesh in 1983, is a good example of microfinance. Kudumbashree in Kerala works on the concept of microfmance. The work done by Kudumbashree in Kerala for poverty alleviation and w omen empowerment has repeatedly attracted world attention. These systems work by accepting small deposits through Neighborhood Groups and Self Help Groups (NHGS, SHGS) and by providing loans as per the need.

d) Jan Dhan Account: The Prime Minister Jan Dhan Account is a scheme to open an account for all those w ho do not have a bank account in the country. Its aim is to bring all the people of the country under the ambit of banking services. Zero minimum balance account is the special feature of this scheme. It also aims to provide financial services to the low-income group, promote financial literacy and inculcate the banking habit.

  • Digital currency has been the latest trend in financial transactions.
  • The government is also promoting Aadhaar based payment system, e-wallet and National Finance
    Switch to reduce the use of physical currencies and increase the use of digital currencies, thus moving towards a cashless economy.

Money plays a vital role in enabling the economic activities of production, consumption and distribution. As money turned digital, the number and magnitude of the transactions also increased. New currencies are emerging, keeping in with the changes in the world order. Money channelled into the market for consumption goes directly to producers and distributors while money set aside for saving goes to the entrepreneurs as loans through banks and non-banking financial institutions. Banks and non-banking financial institutions play a significant role in accelerating economic growth rate by promoting transactions. The proliferation and use of technology has promoted cashless transactions and succeeded in bringing those remote areas that have hither to no access to banks into the banking network.

Kerala Bank
The history of Kerala Bank starts with the registration of Thiruvananthapuram Central Co-operative Bank in 1915 through the Travancore co-operative society regulation act of His Highness Sree Moolam Thirunal in 1914. It started functioning as a bank on 18 January 1916. It was included in the Second Schedule of the Reserve Bank of India Act in July 1966. In 2019, the thirteen district cooperative banks of Kerala were merged into the Kerala State Co-operative Bank and became known as Kerala Bank. Kerala Bank operates in all 14 districts of Kerala with 823 branches. The main objectives of Kerala Bank are to provide better banking services, ensure financial inclusion and to accelerate the economic development of the state. Social commitment, rural development and providing support to the marginalized community are also the objectives of the bank. 40% of the bank’s shares are held by the Government of Kerala, 30% by District Co-operative Bank and 30% by others. Kerala Bank provides many banking services to its beneficiaries. This includes accepting deposits, providing loans and making other monetary transactions. The bank provides many facilities to its customers with ATM services across Kerala, modern banking technology and digital platform.